Check-in [5c862db851]

Not logged in

Many hyperlinks are disabled.
Use anonymous login to enable hyperlinks.

Overview
Comment:Fix trunk split.
Timelines: family | ancestors | trunk
Files: files | file ages | folders
SHA1:5c862db8510148852f8f24bf0f606440b23e9f0f
User & Date: aku 2016-03-01 06:28:08
Context
2016-03-01
06:28
Fix trunk split. Leaf check-in: 5c862db851 user: aku tags: trunk
2012-11-07
23:17
Accepted a number of bugfixes and tweaks by Tobias Schueller. The subset packages now have proper TEApot metadata, for example. check-in: 1ce45b61ee user: andreask tags: trunk
2012-02-27
19:33
Added generation of teapot.txt. check-in: 33bd9e2024 user: andreask tags: trunk
Changes
Hide Diffs Unified Diffs Ignore Whitespace Patch

Changes to embedded/man/files/core.n.

1
2
3
4
5

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

52
53

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67


68




69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
...
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
...
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
...
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203


204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238

239
240
241
242






















243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
...
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326

327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
'\"
'\" Generated from file '/net/nas/data/andreask/Dev/FamFamFam/famfamfam/embedded/man/files/core.n' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"

'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk
'\" manual entries.
'\"
'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
'\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
'\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
'\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
'\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
'\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
'\"
'\" .AS ?type? ?name?
'\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
'\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
'\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
'\"
'\" .BS
'\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
'\"	enclosed in one large box.
'\"
'\" .BE
'\"	End of box enclosure.
'\"
'\" .CS
'\"	Begin code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .CE
'\"	End code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .VS ?version? ?br?
'\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
'\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
'\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
'\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
'\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
'\"
'\" .VE
'\"	End of vertical sidebar.
'\"
'\" .DS
'\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .DE
'\"	End of indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .SO
'\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget.  The

'\"	options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated
'\"	by tabs.

'\"
'\" .SE
'\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
'\"
'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
'\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
'\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
'\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
'\"	the option's class in the option database.
'\"
'\" .UL arg1 arg2
'\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
'\"
'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $


'\"




'\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
'\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP	(\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
'\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
'\"	# BS - start boxed text
'\"	# ^y = starting y location
'\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
'\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
'\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
'\"	# ^Y = starting y location
'\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
'\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
'\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
'\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
'\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
'\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
'\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
'\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO


.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c 8c 12c
.ft B
..
'\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
'\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
'\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
'\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..

.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..
.TH "famfamfam" n 1.1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"






















.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam \- FamFamFam Core
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1.1?\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fBintercept\fR \fIcmdprefix\fR
.sp
\fI{*}cmdprefix\fR \fIset\fR \fIname\fR \fIpath\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fBnames\fR
.sp
................................................................................
.sp
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fBlist\fR \fIiconset\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail.com], at
\fIhttp://www.famfamfam.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
This package is internal to the other FamFamFam packages and
provides the common functionality shared by all.
.PP
It resides in the Core level of the architecture
IMAGE: arch_core
.SH API
.TP
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fBintercept\fR \fIcmdprefix\fR
This method adds/removes a callback invoked whenever an image is loaded.
This means that the callback is only invoked the first time an image is
requested and thus not in the in-memory cache yet. Any further requests
served from the cache are not reported.
.sp
Setting an empty string as callback deactivates it.
.sp
The signature of the callback is
.RS
.TP
\fI{*}cmdprefix\fR \fIset\fR \fIname\fR \fIpath\fR
The arguments to the callback provide the name of the icon \fIset\fR,
the \fIname\fR of the icon itself, and the \fIpath\fR the icon was
loaded from.
.sp
The result of the callback is ignored.
.sp
Any error thrown by the callback will prevent the icon from
being loaded, i.e. the \fBget\fR method of the icon set will be
aborted.
.RE
.TP
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fBnames\fR
This method returns a list containing the names of all \fBdeclare\fRd
icon sets.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fBdeclare\fR \fIname\fR \fIicondir\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
This method registers the icons found in the icon directory
\fIicondir\fR and matching the \fIpattern\fR as the icon set
\fIname\fR.
If the \fIpattern\fR is not specified it defaults to \fB*.png\fR.
.sp
The command creates the accessor commands
.RS
.IP [1]
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fIname\fR \fBget\fR
.IP [2]
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fIname\fR \fBlist\fR
.IP [3]
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fIname\fR \fBpath\fR
.RE

for the new icon set. These are aliases to the core methods below,
with the name of the icon set preset.
.sp
The command returns the empty string as its result.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam::Declare\fR \fIname\fR \fIicondir\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
This command is an alias of \fBfamfamfam declare\fR, available for
compatibility with packages based on the 1.0 API.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fBget\fR \fIiconset\fR \fIicon\fR
This method returns a Tk image holding the \fIicon\fR in icon set
\fIiconset\fR. An error will be thrown if either icon set or icon
are not valid.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fBpath\fR \fIiconset\fR \fIicon\fR
This method returns the path of the image file for the \fIicon\fR
in icon set \fIiconset\fR. An error will be thrown if either icon set
or icon are not valid.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fBlist\fR \fIiconset\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
This method returns a list containing the names of all valid icons in
the icon set \fIiconset\fR. An error will be thrown if the
\fIiconset\fR is not valid.
If the \fIpattern\fR is specified then only names matching that
pattern are returned. Matching is done by \fBstring match\fR,
i.e. the argument is a \fIglob pattern\fR.
.PP
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam].
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icons, images
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

|
|


>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|



|








|












|









|
|
|









|







 







|
|
|






|







 







|
|
|







 







|





|





|

>
>



|


|




|

|










|





|




>



<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|

|



|







 







|
|


|






|

|
|

|







|

|


|
|




|




|
|










>
|
|

|



|



|
|



|
|



|
|

|
|



|
|

|






|



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54

55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
...
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
...
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
...
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251

252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
...
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
'\"
'\" Generated from file 'core\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"
.TH "famfamfam" n 1\&.1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"
.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used
.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries.
.\"
.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
.\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
.\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
.\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
.\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
.\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
.\"
.\" .AS ?type? ?name?
.\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
.\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
.\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
.\"
.\" .BS
.\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
.\"	enclosed in one large box.
.\"
.\" .BE
.\"	End of box enclosure.
.\"
.\" .CS
.\"	Begin code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .CE
.\"	End code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .VS ?version? ?br?
.\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
.\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
.\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
.\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
.\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
.\"
.\" .VE
.\"	End of vertical sidebar.
.\"
.\" .DS
.\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .DE
.\"	End of indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .SO ?manpage?
.\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage
.\"	argument defines where to look up the standard options; if
.\"	omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive

.\"	lines, in three columns separated by tabs.
.\"
.\" .SE
.\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
.\"
.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
.\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
.\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
.\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
.\"	the option's class in the option database.
.\"
.\" .UL arg1 arg2
.\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
.\"

.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation).
.\"
.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally
.\"	(for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis.
.\"
.\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
.\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
.\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
.\"	# BS - start boxed text
.\"	# ^y = starting y location
.\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
.\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
.\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
.\"	# ^Y = starting y location
.\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
.\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
.\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
.\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
.\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
.\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
.\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
.\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO
'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR
'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR
.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 5.5c 11c
.ft B
..
.\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
.\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
.\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
.\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..
.\"	# UL - underline word
.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..

.\"	# QW - apply quotation marks to word
.de QW
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2
..
.\"	# PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word
.de PQ
.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3
..
.\"	# QR - quoted range
.de QR
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3
..
.\"	# MT - "empty" string
.de MT
.QW ""
..
.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam \- FamFamFam Core
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1\&.1?\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fBintercept\fR \fIcmdprefix\fR
.sp
\fI{*}cmdprefix\fR \fIset\fR \fIname\fR \fIpath\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fBnames\fR
.sp
................................................................................
.sp
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fBlist\fR \fIiconset\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail\&.com], at
\fIhttp://www\&.famfamfam\&.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
This package is internal to the other FamFamFam packages and
provides the common functionality shared by all\&.
.PP
It resides in the Core level of the architecture
IMAGE: arch_core
.SH API
.TP
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fBintercept\fR \fIcmdprefix\fR
This method adds/removes a callback invoked whenever an image is loaded\&.
This means that the callback is only invoked the first time an image is
requested and thus not in the in-memory cache yet\&. Any further requests
served from the cache are not reported\&.
.sp
Setting an empty string as callback deactivates it\&.
.sp
The signature of the callback is
.RS
.TP
\fI{*}cmdprefix\fR \fIset\fR \fIname\fR \fIpath\fR
The arguments to the callback provide the name of the icon \fIset\fR,
the \fIname\fR of the icon itself, and the \fIpath\fR the icon was
loaded from\&.
.sp
The result of the callback is ignored\&.
.sp
Any error thrown by the callback will prevent the icon from
being loaded, i\&.e\&. the \fBget\fR method of the icon set will be
aborted\&.
.RE
.TP
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fBnames\fR
This method returns a list containing the names of all \fBdeclare\fRd
icon sets\&.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fBdeclare\fR \fIname\fR \fIicondir\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
This method registers the icons found in the icon directory
\fIicondir\fR and matching the \fIpattern\fR as the icon set
\fIname\fR\&.
If the \fIpattern\fR is not specified it defaults to \fB*\&.png\fR\&.
.sp
The command creates the accessor commands
.RS
.IP [1]
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fIname\fR \fBget\fR
.IP [2]
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fIname\fR \fBlist\fR
.IP [3]
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fIname\fR \fBpath\fR
.RE
.IP
for the new icon set\&. These are aliases to the core methods below,
with the name of the icon set preset\&.
.sp
The command returns the empty string as its result\&.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam::Declare\fR \fIname\fR \fIicondir\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
This command is an alias of \fBfamfamfam declare\fR, available for
compatibility with packages based on the 1\&.0 API\&.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fBget\fR \fIiconset\fR \fIicon\fR
This method returns a Tk image holding the \fIicon\fR in icon set
\fIiconset\fR\&. An error will be thrown if either icon set or icon
are not valid\&.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fBpath\fR \fIiconset\fR \fIicon\fR
This method returns the path of the image file for the \fIicon\fR
in icon set \fIiconset\fR\&. An error will be thrown if either icon set
or icon are not valid\&.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam\fR \fBlist\fR \fIiconset\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
This method returns a list containing the names of all valid icons in
the icon set \fIiconset\fR\&. An error will be thrown if the
\fIiconset\fR is not valid\&.
If the \fIpattern\fR is specified then only names matching that
pattern are returned\&. Matching is done by \fBstring match\fR,
i\&.e\&. the argument is a \fIglob pattern\fR\&.
.PP
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems\&.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp\&.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam]\&.
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation\&.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icons, images
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

Changes to embedded/man/files/devguide.n.

1
2
3
4
5

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

52
53

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67


68




69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
...
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
...
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
...
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203


204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238

239
240
241
242






















243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
...
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
'\"
'\" Generated from file '/net/nas/data/andreask/Dev/FamFamFam/famfamfam/embedded/man/files/devguide.n' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"

'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk
'\" manual entries.
'\"
'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
'\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
'\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
'\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
'\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
'\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
'\"
'\" .AS ?type? ?name?
'\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
'\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
'\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
'\"
'\" .BS
'\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
'\"	enclosed in one large box.
'\"
'\" .BE
'\"	End of box enclosure.
'\"
'\" .CS
'\"	Begin code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .CE
'\"	End code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .VS ?version? ?br?
'\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
'\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
'\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
'\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
'\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
'\"
'\" .VE
'\"	End of vertical sidebar.
'\"
'\" .DS
'\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .DE
'\"	End of indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .SO
'\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget.  The

'\"	options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated
'\"	by tabs.

'\"
'\" .SE
'\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
'\"
'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
'\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
'\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
'\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
'\"	the option's class in the option database.
'\"
'\" .UL arg1 arg2
'\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
'\"
'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $


'\"




'\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
'\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP	(\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
'\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
'\"	# BS - start boxed text
'\"	# ^y = starting y location
'\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
'\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
'\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
'\"	# ^Y = starting y location
'\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
'\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
'\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
'\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
'\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
'\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
'\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
'\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO


.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c 8c 12c
.ft B
..
'\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
'\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
'\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
'\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..

.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..
.TH "famfamfam_devguide" n 1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"






















.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam_devguide \- FamFamFam - The Developer's Guide
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1.1?\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail.com], at
\fIhttp://www.famfamfam.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
This document is a guide for developers working on FamFamFam,
i.e. maintainers fixing bugs, extending the package's functionality,
etc.
.PP
Please read
.IP [1]
\fIFamFamFam - How To Get The Sources\fR and
.IP [2]
\fIFamFamFam - The Installer's Guide\fR
.PP
first, if that was not done already.
Here we assume that the sources are already available in a directory
of your choice, and that you not only know how to build and install
them, but also have all the necessary requisites to actually do
so. The guide to the sources in particular also explains which source
code management system is used, where to find it, how to set it up,
etc.
.SH "PLAYING WITH FAMFAMFAM"
We currently do not have demo applications.
.SH "DEVELOPING FOR FAMFAMFAM"
.SS "ARCHITECTURE & CONCEPTS"
This set of packages doesn't have much of an architecture and no special
concepts.
.PP
We have a single internal package which provides a command for the
declaration of icon sets and generates an API from the specified arguments
for the new icon set.
.PP
On top of that we have the packages for the icon sets just declaring
themselves, i.e. using this internal package to do the heavy lifting.
.PP
IMAGE: architecture
.PP
The icons are accessed by name and are returned in the form of a Tk
photo image. The images are generated lazily, i.e. on demand and then cached.
.SS "DIRECTORY STRUCTURE"
.TP
Helpers
.TP
Documentation
.RS
.TP
"\fIdoc/\fR"
This directory contains the documentation sources. The texts are written
in \fIdoctools\fR format, whereas any figures are done with tklib's
\fBdia\fR(gram) package and application.
.TP
"\fIembedded/\fR"
This directory contains the documentation converted to regular manpages
(nroff) and HTML.
It is called embedded because these files, while derived, are part of the
fossil repository, i.e. embedded into it. This enables fossil to access
and display these files when serving the repositories' web interface.
The "Command Reference" link at
\fIhttp://chiselapp.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam/home\fR
is, for example, accessing the generated HTML.
.RE
.TP
Demonstration Application and Framework
.TP
Package Code, General structure
We have one "\fI.tcl\fR" file per package, internal and icon sets. The icon set packages additionally each have a directory named like their file, but without the extension "\fI.tcl\fR", containing the actual image files of the icons.
.sp
.PS
.nf
famfamfam::flags -\\
famfamfam::mini  --\\
                    >-> famfamfam
famfamfam::mint ---/
................................................................................
.TP
Package Code, Per Package
.RS
.TP
\fBfamfamfam\fR
.RS
.TP
"\fIcore.tcl\fR"
.RE
.TP
\fBfamfamfam::flags\fR
.RS
.TP
"\fIflags.tcl\fR"
.TP
"\fIflags\fR"
.RE
.TP
\fBfamfamfam::mini\fR
.RS
.TP
"\fImini.tcl\fR"
.TP
"\fImini\fR"
.RE
.TP
\fBfamfamfam::mint\fR
.RS
.TP
"\fImint.tcl\fR"
.TP
"\fImint\fR"
.RE
.TP
\fBfamfamfam::silk\fR
.RS
.TP
"\fIsilk.tcl\fR"
.TP
"\fIsilk\fR"
.RE
.RE
.PP
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam].
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icons, images
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

|
|


>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|



|








|












|









|
|
|









|







 







|
|
|






|







 







|
|
|







 







|





|





|

>
>



|


|




|

|










|





|




>



<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|

|



|





|
|


|
|







|



|

|

|



|



|


|




|








|

|



|

|
|

|
|





|







 







|





|







|







|







|







|
|

|






|



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54

55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
...
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
...
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
...
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251

252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
...
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
'\"
'\" Generated from file 'devguide\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"
.TH "famfamfam_devguide" n 1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"
.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used
.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries.
.\"
.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
.\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
.\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
.\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
.\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
.\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
.\"
.\" .AS ?type? ?name?
.\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
.\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
.\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
.\"
.\" .BS
.\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
.\"	enclosed in one large box.
.\"
.\" .BE
.\"	End of box enclosure.
.\"
.\" .CS
.\"	Begin code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .CE
.\"	End code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .VS ?version? ?br?
.\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
.\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
.\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
.\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
.\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
.\"
.\" .VE
.\"	End of vertical sidebar.
.\"
.\" .DS
.\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .DE
.\"	End of indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .SO ?manpage?
.\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage
.\"	argument defines where to look up the standard options; if
.\"	omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive

.\"	lines, in three columns separated by tabs.
.\"
.\" .SE
.\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
.\"
.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
.\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
.\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
.\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
.\"	the option's class in the option database.
.\"
.\" .UL arg1 arg2
.\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
.\"

.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation).
.\"
.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally
.\"	(for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis.
.\"
.\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
.\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
.\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
.\"	# BS - start boxed text
.\"	# ^y = starting y location
.\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
.\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
.\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
.\"	# ^Y = starting y location
.\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
.\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
.\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
.\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
.\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
.\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
.\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
.\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO
'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR
'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR
.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 5.5c 11c
.ft B
..
.\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
.\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
.\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
.\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..
.\"	# UL - underline word
.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..

.\"	# QW - apply quotation marks to word
.de QW
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2
..
.\"	# PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word
.de PQ
.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3
..
.\"	# QR - quoted range
.de QR
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3
..
.\"	# MT - "empty" string
.de MT
.QW ""
..
.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam_devguide \- FamFamFam - The Developer's Guide
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1\&.1?\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail\&.com], at
\fIhttp://www\&.famfamfam\&.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
This document is a guide for developers working on FamFamFam,
i\&.e\&. maintainers fixing bugs, extending the package's functionality,
etc\&.
.PP
Please read
.IP [1]
\fIFamFamFam - How To Get The Sources\fR and
.IP [2]
\fIFamFamFam - The Installer's Guide\fR
.PP
first, if that was not done already\&.
Here we assume that the sources are already available in a directory
of your choice, and that you not only know how to build and install
them, but also have all the necessary requisites to actually do
so\&. The guide to the sources in particular also explains which source
code management system is used, where to find it, how to set it up,
etc\&.
.SH "PLAYING WITH FAMFAMFAM"
We currently do not have demo applications\&.
.SH "DEVELOPING FOR FAMFAMFAM"
.SS "ARCHITECTURE & CONCEPTS"
This set of packages doesn't have much of an architecture and no special
concepts\&.
.PP
We have a single internal package which provides a command for the
declaration of icon sets and generates an API from the specified arguments
for the new icon set\&.
.PP
On top of that we have the packages for the icon sets just declaring
themselves, i\&.e\&. using this internal package to do the heavy lifting\&.
.PP
IMAGE: architecture
.PP
The icons are accessed by name and are returned in the form of a Tk
photo image\&. The images are generated lazily, i\&.e\&. on demand and then cached\&.
.SS "DIRECTORY STRUCTURE"
.TP
Helpers
.TP
Documentation
.RS
.TP
"\fIdoc/\fR"
This directory contains the documentation sources\&. The texts are written
in \fIdoctools\fR format, whereas any figures are done with tklib's
\fBdia\fR(gram) package and application\&.
.TP
"\fIembedded/\fR"
This directory contains the documentation converted to regular manpages
(nroff) and HTML\&.
It is called embedded because these files, while derived, are part of the
fossil repository, i\&.e\&. embedded into it\&. This enables fossil to access
and display these files when serving the repositories' web interface\&.
The "Command Reference" link at
\fIhttp://chiselapp\&.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam/home\fR
is, for example, accessing the generated HTML\&.
.RE
.TP
Demonstration Application and Framework
.TP
Package Code, General structure
We have one "\fI\&.tcl\fR" file per package, internal and icon sets\&. The icon set packages additionally each have a directory named like their file, but without the extension "\fI\&.tcl\fR", containing the actual image files of the icons\&.
.sp
.PS
.nf
famfamfam::flags -\\
famfamfam::mini  --\\
                    >-> famfamfam
famfamfam::mint ---/
................................................................................
.TP
Package Code, Per Package
.RS
.TP
\fBfamfamfam\fR
.RS
.TP
"\fIcore\&.tcl\fR"
.RE
.TP
\fBfamfamfam::flags\fR
.RS
.TP
"\fIflags\&.tcl\fR"
.TP
"\fIflags\fR"
.RE
.TP
\fBfamfamfam::mini\fR
.RS
.TP
"\fImini\&.tcl\fR"
.TP
"\fImini\fR"
.RE
.TP
\fBfamfamfam::mint\fR
.RS
.TP
"\fImint\&.tcl\fR"
.TP
"\fImint\fR"
.RE
.TP
\fBfamfamfam::silk\fR
.RS
.TP
"\fIsilk\&.tcl\fR"
.TP
"\fIsilk\fR"
.RE
.RE
.PP
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems\&.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp\&.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam]\&.
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation\&.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icons, images
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

Changes to embedded/man/files/flags.n.

1
2
3
4
5

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

52
53

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67


68




69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
...
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
...
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
...
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203


204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238

239
240
241
242






















243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297

298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
'\"
'\" Generated from file 'include/template.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"

'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk
'\" manual entries.
'\"
'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
'\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
'\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
'\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
'\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
'\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
'\"
'\" .AS ?type? ?name?
'\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
'\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
'\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
'\"
'\" .BS
'\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
'\"	enclosed in one large box.
'\"
'\" .BE
'\"	End of box enclosure.
'\"
'\" .CS
'\"	Begin code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .CE
'\"	End code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .VS ?version? ?br?
'\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
'\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
'\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
'\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
'\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
'\"
'\" .VE
'\"	End of vertical sidebar.
'\"
'\" .DS
'\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .DE
'\"	End of indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .SO
'\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget.  The

'\"	options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated
'\"	by tabs.

'\"
'\" .SE
'\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
'\"
'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
'\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
'\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
'\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
'\"	the option's class in the option database.
'\"
'\" .UL arg1 arg2
'\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
'\"
'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $


'\"




'\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
'\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP	(\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
'\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
'\"	# BS - start boxed text
'\"	# ^y = starting y location
'\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
'\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
'\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
'\"	# ^Y = starting y location
'\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
'\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
'\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
'\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
'\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
'\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
'\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
'\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO


.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c 8c 12c
.ft B
..
'\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
'\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
'\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
'\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..

.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..
.TH "famfamfam::flags" n 1.0.1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"






















.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam::flags \- FamFamFam Flags Icon Set
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1.1?\fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam::flags  ?1?\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam flags get\fR \fIname\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam flags list\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
\fB::famfamfam flags path\fR \fIname\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail.com], at
\fIhttp://www.famfamfam.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
This package provides a programmatic interface to the FamFamFam
Flags Icon Set. It enables the user to access any of the icons
in the set by name.
.PP
It resides in the Icon Set level of the architecture
IMAGE: arch_flags
.SH API
.TP
\fB::famfamfam flags get\fR \fIname\fR
This command returns a Tk image holding the flags icon whose
name was specified as argument of the command. An error will be thrown
instead if the \fIname\fR is not valid.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam flags list\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
This command returns a list containing the names of all valid
flags icons accessible through the package.
If the \fIpattern\fR is specified then only names matching that
pattern are returned. Matching is done by \fBstring match\fR,
i.e. the argument is a \fIglob pattern\fR.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam flags path\fR \fIname\fR
This command returns the absolute path of the file containing the
flags icon whose name was specified as argument of the
command. An error will be thrown instead if the \fIname\fR is not
valid.
.PP
.SH EXAMPLES
.nf


package require famfamfam::flags
set w [famfamfam flags list w*]
set wales [famfamfam flags get wales]

.fi
.SH REFERENCES
.IP [1]
\fIHomepage of the FamFam Flags Icon Set\fR [http://www.famfamfam.com/lab/icons/flags]
.PP
.SH AUTHORS
.IP [1]
Code by Andreas Kupries.
.IP [2]
The underlying Icon Set however was created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail.com] and is available for free
under a Creative Commons Attribution 2.5 License.
.sp
Per the terms of this license we give attribution, see the
previous paragraph, and section (\fBReferences\fR).
.PP
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam].
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, flags icons, icon set flags, icons, images
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

|
|


>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|



|








|












|









|
|
|









|







 







|
|
|






|







 







|
|
|







 







|





|





|

>
>



|


|




|

|










|





|




>



<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|

|



|













|
|


|
|







|
|



|

|
|




|
|


|
>





|


|



|


|
|


|



|
|

|






|



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54

55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
...
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
...
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
...
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251

252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
'\"
'\" Generated from file 'template\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"
.TH "famfamfam::flags" n 1\&.0\&.1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"
.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used
.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries.
.\"
.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
.\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
.\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
.\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
.\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
.\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
.\"
.\" .AS ?type? ?name?
.\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
.\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
.\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
.\"
.\" .BS
.\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
.\"	enclosed in one large box.
.\"
.\" .BE
.\"	End of box enclosure.
.\"
.\" .CS
.\"	Begin code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .CE
.\"	End code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .VS ?version? ?br?
.\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
.\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
.\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
.\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
.\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
.\"
.\" .VE
.\"	End of vertical sidebar.
.\"
.\" .DS
.\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .DE
.\"	End of indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .SO ?manpage?
.\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage
.\"	argument defines where to look up the standard options; if
.\"	omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive

.\"	lines, in three columns separated by tabs.
.\"
.\" .SE
.\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
.\"
.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
.\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
.\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
.\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
.\"	the option's class in the option database.
.\"
.\" .UL arg1 arg2
.\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
.\"

.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation).
.\"
.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally
.\"	(for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis.
.\"
.\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
.\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
.\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
.\"	# BS - start boxed text
.\"	# ^y = starting y location
.\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
.\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
.\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
.\"	# ^Y = starting y location
.\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
.\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
.\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
.\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
.\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
.\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
.\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
.\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO
'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR
'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR
.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 5.5c 11c
.ft B
..
.\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
.\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
.\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
.\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..
.\"	# UL - underline word
.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..

.\"	# QW - apply quotation marks to word
.de QW
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2
..
.\"	# PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word
.de PQ
.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3
..
.\"	# QR - quoted range
.de QR
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3
..
.\"	# MT - "empty" string
.de MT
.QW ""
..
.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam::flags \- FamFamFam Flags Icon Set
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1\&.1?\fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam::flags  ?1?\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam flags get\fR \fIname\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam flags list\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
\fB::famfamfam flags path\fR \fIname\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail\&.com], at
\fIhttp://www\&.famfamfam\&.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
This package provides a programmatic interface to the FamFamFam
Flags Icon Set\&. It enables the user to access any of the icons
in the set by name\&.
.PP
It resides in the Icon Set level of the architecture
IMAGE: arch_flags
.SH API
.TP
\fB::famfamfam flags get\fR \fIname\fR
This command returns a Tk image holding the flags icon whose
name was specified as argument of the command\&. An error will be thrown
instead if the \fIname\fR is not valid\&.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam flags list\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
This command returns a list containing the names of all valid
flags icons accessible through the package\&.
If the \fIpattern\fR is specified then only names matching that
pattern are returned\&. Matching is done by \fBstring match\fR,
i\&.e\&. the argument is a \fIglob pattern\fR\&.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam flags path\fR \fIname\fR
This command returns the absolute path of the file containing the
flags icon whose name was specified as argument of the
command\&. An error will be thrown instead if the \fIname\fR is not
valid\&.
.PP
.SH EXAMPLES
.CS


package require famfamfam::flags
set w [famfamfam flags list w*]
set wales [famfamfam flags get wales]

.CE
.SH REFERENCES
.IP [1]
\fIHomepage of the FamFam Flags Icon Set\fR [http://www\&.famfamfam\&.com/lab/icons/flags]
.PP
.SH AUTHORS
.IP [1]
Code by Andreas Kupries\&.
.IP [2]
The underlying Icon Set however was created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail\&.com] and is available for free
under a Creative Commons Attribution 2\&.5 License\&.
.sp
Per the terms of this license we give attribution, see the
previous paragraph, and section (\fBReferences\fR)\&.
.PP
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems\&.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp\&.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam]\&.
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation\&.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, flags icons, icon set flags, icons, images
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

Changes to embedded/man/files/installer.n.

1
2
3
4
5

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

52
53

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67


68




69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
...
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
...
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
...
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203


204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238

239
240
241
242






















243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293

294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318

319
320
321

322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338

339

340
341
342

343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
'\"
'\" Generated from file '/net/nas/data/andreask/Dev/FamFamFam/famfamfam/embedded/man/files/installer.n' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"

'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk
'\" manual entries.
'\"
'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
'\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
'\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
'\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
'\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
'\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
'\"
'\" .AS ?type? ?name?
'\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
'\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
'\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
'\"
'\" .BS
'\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
'\"	enclosed in one large box.
'\"
'\" .BE
'\"	End of box enclosure.
'\"
'\" .CS
'\"	Begin code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .CE
'\"	End code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .VS ?version? ?br?
'\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
'\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
'\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
'\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
'\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
'\"
'\" .VE
'\"	End of vertical sidebar.
'\"
'\" .DS
'\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .DE
'\"	End of indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .SO
'\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget.  The

'\"	options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated
'\"	by tabs.

'\"
'\" .SE
'\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
'\"
'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
'\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
'\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
'\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
'\"	the option's class in the option database.
'\"
'\" .UL arg1 arg2
'\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
'\"
'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $


'\"




'\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
'\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP	(\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
'\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
'\"	# BS - start boxed text
'\"	# ^y = starting y location
'\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
'\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
'\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
'\"	# ^Y = starting y location
'\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
'\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
'\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
'\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
'\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
'\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
'\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
'\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO


.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c 8c 12c
.ft B
..
'\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
'\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
'\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
'\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..

.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..
.TH "famfamfam_install_guide" n 1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"






















.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam_install_guide \- FamFamFam - The Installer's Guide
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1.1?\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail.com], at
\fIhttp://www.famfamfam.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
The audience of this document is anyone wishing to build the packages,
for either themselves, or others.
.PP
For a developer intending to extend or modify the packages we
additionally provide
.IP [1]
\fIFamFamFam - The Developer's Guide\fR.
.PP
.PP
Please read \fIFamFamFam - How To Get The Sources\fR first, if that was
not done already. Here we assume that the sources are already
available in a directory of your choice.
.PP
.SH REQUISITES
.SS TCL
A working Tcl installation is needed, however as we are building a Tcl
package that should be pretty much obvious, and I will not belabor the
point.
.PP
Use whatever you are comfortable with, as long as it provides
Tcl 8.5, or higher, Tk 8.5 or higher, and the img::png package, a part
of TkImg.
.PP
An easy way to get an installation of a recent Tcl 8.5 and the
mentioned packages, which I recommend, is to download and install
\fIActiveState's\fR [http://www.activestate.com]
\fIActiveTcl\fR [http://www.activestate.com/activetcl] for your platform.
Follow the link for ActiveTcl to find it.
.PP
After the installation of ActiveTcl 8.5 in a directory of your
choice run the command
.nf


    teacup update

.fi
This will install a lot more packages than found in the distribution
alone.
(Disclosure: I, Andreas Kupries, work for ActiveState, maintaining
ActiveTcl and TclDevKit).
.PP
For those wishing to build either Tcl/Tk and/or TkImg on their
own, these can found at
.TP
Tcl
\fIhttp://core.tcl.tk/tcl/\fR
.TP
Tk
\fIhttp://core.tcl.tk/tk/\fR
.TP
TkImg
\fIhttp://sourceforge.net/projects/tkimg\fR
.PP
.SH "BUILD & INSTALLATION"
To install FamFamFam simply run
.nf


    /path/to/tclsh8.5 /path/to/famfamfam/build.tcl install

.fi

where "\fI/path/to/tclsh8.5\fR" is the tclsh of your Tcl installation, and
"\fI/path/to/famfamfam\fR" the location of the FamFamFam sources on your system.
.PP
This builds all packages and then places them in a directory where the
\fBtclsh8.5\fR will find them.
.PP
On Windows you can invoke the file "\fIbuild.tcl\fR" with a
double-click.  This will pop up a small graphical interface for
entering the destination and performing the installation. This
handling of a double-click is restricted to Windows only however.
.PP
On unix the same GUI is acessible by invoking "\fIbuild.tcl\fR" without
any arguments.
.PP
To get help about the methods of "\fIbuild.tcl\fR", and their complete
syntax, invoke  "\fIbuild.tcl\fR" with argument \fBhelp\fR, i.e., like
.nf



    /path/to/tclsh8.5 /path/to/famfamfam/build.tcl help

.fi

.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam].
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icons, images
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

|
|


>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|



|








|












|









|
|
|









|







 







|
|
|






|







 







|
|
|







 







|





|





|

>
>



|


|




|

|










|





|




>



<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|

|



|





|
|


|




|



|
|





|


|
|

|

|
|
|

|

|
>



|

|

|





|


|


|



|

>
|

<
>
|
|


|

|
|
|
|

|
|

|
|
<
>

>
|

<
>


|
|

|






|



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54

55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
...
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
...
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
...
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251

252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353

354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370

371
372
373
374
375

376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
'\"
'\" Generated from file 'installer\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"
.TH "famfamfam_install_guide" n 1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"
.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used
.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries.
.\"
.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
.\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
.\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
.\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
.\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
.\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
.\"
.\" .AS ?type? ?name?
.\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
.\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
.\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
.\"
.\" .BS
.\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
.\"	enclosed in one large box.
.\"
.\" .BE
.\"	End of box enclosure.
.\"
.\" .CS
.\"	Begin code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .CE
.\"	End code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .VS ?version? ?br?
.\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
.\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
.\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
.\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
.\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
.\"
.\" .VE
.\"	End of vertical sidebar.
.\"
.\" .DS
.\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .DE
.\"	End of indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .SO ?manpage?
.\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage
.\"	argument defines where to look up the standard options; if
.\"	omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive

.\"	lines, in three columns separated by tabs.
.\"
.\" .SE
.\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
.\"
.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
.\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
.\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
.\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
.\"	the option's class in the option database.
.\"
.\" .UL arg1 arg2
.\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
.\"

.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation).
.\"
.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally
.\"	(for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis.
.\"
.\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
.\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
.\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
.\"	# BS - start boxed text
.\"	# ^y = starting y location
.\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
.\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
.\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
.\"	# ^Y = starting y location
.\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
.\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
.\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
.\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
.\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
.\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
.\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
.\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO
'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR
'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR
.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 5.5c 11c
.ft B
..
.\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
.\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
.\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
.\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..
.\"	# UL - underline word
.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..

.\"	# QW - apply quotation marks to word
.de QW
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2
..
.\"	# PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word
.de PQ
.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3
..
.\"	# QR - quoted range
.de QR
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3
..
.\"	# MT - "empty" string
.de MT
.QW ""
..
.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam_install_guide \- FamFamFam - The Installer's Guide
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1\&.1?\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail\&.com], at
\fIhttp://www\&.famfamfam\&.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
The audience of this document is anyone wishing to build the packages,
for either themselves, or others\&.
.PP
For a developer intending to extend or modify the packages we
additionally provide
.IP [1]
\fIFamFamFam - The Developer's Guide\fR\&.
.PP
.PP
Please read \fIFamFamFam - How To Get The Sources\fR first, if that was
not done already\&. Here we assume that the sources are already
available in a directory of your choice\&.
.PP
.SH REQUISITES
.SS TCL
A working Tcl installation is needed, however as we are building a Tcl
package that should be pretty much obvious, and I will not belabor the
point\&.
.PP
Use whatever you are comfortable with, as long as it provides
Tcl 8\&.5, or higher, Tk 8\&.5 or higher, and the img::png package, a part
of TkImg\&.
.PP
An easy way to get an installation of a recent Tcl 8\&.5 and the
mentioned packages, which I recommend, is to download and install
\fIActiveState's\fR [http://www\&.activestate\&.com]
\fIActiveTcl\fR [http://www\&.activestate\&.com/activetcl] for your platform\&.
Follow the link for ActiveTcl to find it\&.
.PP
After the installation of ActiveTcl 8\&.5 in a directory of your
choice run the command
.CS


    teacup update

.CE
This will install a lot more packages than found in the distribution
alone\&.
(Disclosure: I, Andreas Kupries, work for ActiveState, maintaining
ActiveTcl and TclDevKit)\&.
.PP
For those wishing to build either Tcl/Tk and/or TkImg on their
own, these can found at
.TP
Tcl
\fIhttp://core\&.tcl\&.tk/tcl/\fR
.TP
Tk
\fIhttp://core\&.tcl\&.tk/tk/\fR
.TP
TkImg
\fIhttp://sourceforge\&.net/projects/tkimg\fR
.PP
.SH "BUILD & INSTALLATION"
To install FamFamFam simply run
.CS


    /path/to/tclsh8\&.5 /path/to/famfamfam/build\&.tcl install


.CE
where "\fI/path/to/tclsh8\&.5\fR" is the tclsh of your Tcl installation, and
"\fI/path/to/famfamfam\fR" the location of the FamFamFam sources on your system\&.
.PP
This builds all packages and then places them in a directory where the
\fBtclsh8\&.5\fR will find them\&.
.PP
On Windows you can invoke the file "\fIbuild\&.tcl\fR" with a
double-click\&.  This will pop up a small graphical interface for
entering the destination and performing the installation\&. This
handling of a double-click is restricted to Windows only however\&.
.PP
On unix the same GUI is acessible by invoking "\fIbuild\&.tcl\fR" without
any arguments\&.
.PP
To get help about the methods of "\fIbuild\&.tcl\fR", and their complete
syntax, invoke  "\fIbuild\&.tcl\fR" with argument \fBhelp\fR, i\&.e\&., like

.CS


    /path/to/tclsh8\&.5 /path/to/famfamfam/build\&.tcl help


.CE
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems\&.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp\&.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam]\&.
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation\&.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icons, images
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

Changes to embedded/man/files/intro.n.

1
2
3
4
5

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

52
53

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67


68




69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
...
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
...
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
...
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203


204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238

239
240
241
242






















243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
...
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
'\"
'\" Generated from file '/net/nas/data/andreask/Dev/FamFamFam/famfamfam/embedded/man/files/intro.n' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"

'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk
'\" manual entries.
'\"
'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
'\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
'\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
'\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
'\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
'\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
'\"
'\" .AS ?type? ?name?
'\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
'\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
'\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
'\"
'\" .BS
'\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
'\"	enclosed in one large box.
'\"
'\" .BE
'\"	End of box enclosure.
'\"
'\" .CS
'\"	Begin code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .CE
'\"	End code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .VS ?version? ?br?
'\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
'\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
'\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
'\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
'\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
'\"
'\" .VE
'\"	End of vertical sidebar.
'\"
'\" .DS
'\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .DE
'\"	End of indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .SO
'\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget.  The

'\"	options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated
'\"	by tabs.

'\"
'\" .SE
'\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
'\"
'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
'\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
'\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
'\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
'\"	the option's class in the option database.
'\"
'\" .UL arg1 arg2
'\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
'\"
'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $


'\"




'\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
'\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP	(\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
'\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
'\"	# BS - start boxed text
'\"	# ^y = starting y location
'\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
'\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
'\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
'\"	# ^Y = starting y location
'\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
'\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
'\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
'\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
'\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
'\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
'\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
'\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO


.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c 8c 12c
.ft B
..
'\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
'\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
'\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
'\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..

.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..
.TH "famfamfam_introduction" n 1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"






















.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam_introduction \- FamFamFam - Introduction to FamFamFam
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1.1?\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail.com], at
\fIhttp://www.famfamfam.com/lab/icons/\fR
.SH "RELATED DOCUMENTS"
.IP [1]
\fIFamFamFam - How To Get The Sources\fR.
.IP [2]
\fIFamFamFam - The Installer's Guide\fR.
.IP [3]
\fIFamFamFam - The Developer's Guide\fR.
.PP
.SH "SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE"
FamFamFam consists of one internal core package
prvoding the commands shared by all the user-visible
packages, and then one user-visible package per
icon set made available, for a total of 5 packages
(1 internal, plus 4 icon sets).
.PP
The user visible packages are
.IP [1]
\fBfamfamfam::flags\fR
.IP [2]
\fBfamfamfam::mini\fR
.IP [3]
................................................................................
\fBfamfamfam::mint\fR
.IP [4]
\fBfamfamfam::silk\fR
.PP
.PP
The internal package is not described here, as
it is only of interest to developers modifying and/or
maintaining famfamfam itself. As such its description
is found only in the Developer's Guide.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icons, images
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

|
|


>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|



|








|












|









|
|
|









|







 







|
|
|






|







 







|
|
|







 







|





|





|

>
>



|


|




|

|










|





|




>



<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|

|



|





|
|


|

|

|






|







 







|
|






|



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54

55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
...
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
...
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
...
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251

252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
...
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
'\"
'\" Generated from file 'intro\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"
.TH "famfamfam_introduction" n 1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"
.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used
.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries.
.\"
.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
.\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
.\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
.\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
.\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
.\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
.\"
.\" .AS ?type? ?name?
.\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
.\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
.\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
.\"
.\" .BS
.\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
.\"	enclosed in one large box.
.\"
.\" .BE
.\"	End of box enclosure.
.\"
.\" .CS
.\"	Begin code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .CE
.\"	End code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .VS ?version? ?br?
.\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
.\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
.\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
.\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
.\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
.\"
.\" .VE
.\"	End of vertical sidebar.
.\"
.\" .DS
.\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .DE
.\"	End of indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .SO ?manpage?
.\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage
.\"	argument defines where to look up the standard options; if
.\"	omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive

.\"	lines, in three columns separated by tabs.
.\"
.\" .SE
.\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
.\"
.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
.\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
.\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
.\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
.\"	the option's class in the option database.
.\"
.\" .UL arg1 arg2
.\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
.\"

.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation).
.\"
.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally
.\"	(for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis.
.\"
.\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
.\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
.\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
.\"	# BS - start boxed text
.\"	# ^y = starting y location
.\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
.\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
.\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
.\"	# ^Y = starting y location
.\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
.\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
.\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
.\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
.\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
.\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
.\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
.\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO
'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR
'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR
.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 5.5c 11c
.ft B
..
.\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
.\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
.\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
.\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..
.\"	# UL - underline word
.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..

.\"	# QW - apply quotation marks to word
.de QW
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2
..
.\"	# PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word
.de PQ
.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3
..
.\"	# QR - quoted range
.de QR
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3
..
.\"	# MT - "empty" string
.de MT
.QW ""
..
.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam_introduction \- FamFamFam - Introduction to FamFamFam
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1\&.1?\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail\&.com], at
\fIhttp://www\&.famfamfam\&.com/lab/icons/\fR
.SH "RELATED DOCUMENTS"
.IP [1]
\fIFamFamFam - How To Get The Sources\fR\&.
.IP [2]
\fIFamFamFam - The Installer's Guide\fR\&.
.IP [3]
\fIFamFamFam - The Developer's Guide\fR\&.
.PP
.SH "SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE"
FamFamFam consists of one internal core package
prvoding the commands shared by all the user-visible
packages, and then one user-visible package per
icon set made available, for a total of 5 packages
(1 internal, plus 4 icon sets)\&.
.PP
The user visible packages are
.IP [1]
\fBfamfamfam::flags\fR
.IP [2]
\fBfamfamfam::mini\fR
.IP [3]
................................................................................
\fBfamfamfam::mint\fR
.IP [4]
\fBfamfamfam::silk\fR
.PP
.PP
The internal package is not described here, as
it is only of interest to developers modifying and/or
maintaining famfamfam itself\&. As such its description
is found only in the Developer's Guide\&.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icons, images
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

Changes to embedded/man/files/license.n.

1
2
3
4
5

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

52
53

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67


68




69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
...
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
...
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
...
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203


204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238

239
240
241
242






















243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
'\"
'\" Generated from file '/net/nas/data/andreask/Dev/FamFamFam/famfamfam/embedded/man/files/license.n' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"

'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk
'\" manual entries.
'\"
'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
'\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
'\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
'\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
'\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
'\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
'\"
'\" .AS ?type? ?name?
'\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
'\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
'\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
'\"
'\" .BS
'\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
'\"	enclosed in one large box.
'\"
'\" .BE
'\"	End of box enclosure.
'\"
'\" .CS
'\"	Begin code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .CE
'\"	End code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .VS ?version? ?br?
'\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
'\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
'\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
'\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
'\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
'\"
'\" .VE
'\"	End of vertical sidebar.
'\"
'\" .DS
'\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .DE
'\"	End of indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .SO
'\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget.  The

'\"	options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated
'\"	by tabs.

'\"
'\" .SE
'\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
'\"
'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
'\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
'\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
'\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
'\"	the option's class in the option database.
'\"
'\" .UL arg1 arg2
'\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
'\"
'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $


'\"




'\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
'\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP	(\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
'\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
'\"	# BS - start boxed text
'\"	# ^y = starting y location
'\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
'\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
'\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
'\"	# ^Y = starting y location
'\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
'\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
'\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
'\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
'\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
'\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
'\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
'\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO


.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c 8c 12c
.ft B
..
'\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
'\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
'\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
'\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..

.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..
.TH "famfamfam_license" n 1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"






















.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam_license \- FamFamFam - License
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1.1?\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail.com], at
\fIhttp://www.famfamfam.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
The packages are under the BSD license.
.SH LICENSE
.PP
This software is copyrighted by Andreas Kupries and other
parties.  The following terms apply to all files associated with the
software unless explicitly disclaimed in individual files.
.PP
The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify,
distribute, and license this software and its documentation for any
purpose, provided that existing copyright notices are retained in all
copies and that this notice is included verbatim in any
distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is
required for any of the authorized uses.  Modifications to this
software may be copyrighted by their authors and need not follow the
licensing terms described here, provided that the new terms are
clearly indicated on the first page of each file where they apply.
.PP
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY
PARTY FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, ITS DOCUMENTATION, OR
ANY DERIVATIVES THEREOF, EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.PP
THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT.  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND
THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS HAVE NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE
MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
.PP
GOVERNMENT USE: If you are acquiring this software on behalf of
the U.S. government, the Government shall have only "Restricted
Rights" in the software and related documentation as defined in the
Federal Acquisition Regulations (FARs) in Clause 52.227.19 (c) (2).
If you are acquiring the software on behalf of the Department of
Defense, the software shall be classified as "Commercial Computer
Software" and the Government shall have only "Restricted Rights" as
defined in Clause 252.227-7014 (b) (3) of DFARs.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the authors grant the U.S. Government and others acting in
its behalf permission to use and distribute the software in accordance
with the terms specified in this license.
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam].
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icons, images
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

|
|


>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|



|








|












|









|
|
|









|







 







|
|
|






|







 







|
|
|







 







|





|





|

>
>



|


|




|

|










|





|




>



<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|

|



|





|
|

|



|
|





|
|


|





|




|

|


|

|



|
|

|


|
|

|






|



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54

55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
...
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
...
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
...
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251

252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
'\"
'\" Generated from file 'license\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"
.TH "famfamfam_license" n 1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"
.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used
.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries.
.\"
.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
.\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
.\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
.\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
.\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
.\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
.\"
.\" .AS ?type? ?name?
.\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
.\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
.\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
.\"
.\" .BS
.\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
.\"	enclosed in one large box.
.\"
.\" .BE
.\"	End of box enclosure.
.\"
.\" .CS
.\"	Begin code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .CE
.\"	End code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .VS ?version? ?br?
.\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
.\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
.\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
.\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
.\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
.\"
.\" .VE
.\"	End of vertical sidebar.
.\"
.\" .DS
.\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .DE
.\"	End of indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .SO ?manpage?
.\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage
.\"	argument defines where to look up the standard options; if
.\"	omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive

.\"	lines, in three columns separated by tabs.
.\"
.\" .SE
.\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
.\"
.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
.\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
.\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
.\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
.\"	the option's class in the option database.
.\"
.\" .UL arg1 arg2
.\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
.\"

.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation).
.\"
.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally
.\"	(for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis.
.\"
.\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
.\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
.\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
.\"	# BS - start boxed text
.\"	# ^y = starting y location
.\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
.\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
.\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
.\"	# ^Y = starting y location
.\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
.\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
.\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
.\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
.\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
.\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
.\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
.\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO
'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR
'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR
.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 5.5c 11c
.ft B
..
.\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
.\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
.\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
.\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..
.\"	# UL - underline word
.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..

.\"	# QW - apply quotation marks to word
.de QW
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2
..
.\"	# PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word
.de PQ
.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3
..
.\"	# QR - quoted range
.de QR
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3
..
.\"	# MT - "empty" string
.de MT
.QW ""
..
.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam_license \- FamFamFam - License
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1\&.1?\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail\&.com], at
\fIhttp://www\&.famfamfam\&.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
The packages are under the BSD license\&.
.SH LICENSE
.PP
This software is copyrighted by Andreas Kupries and other
parties\&.  The following terms apply to all files associated with the
software unless explicitly disclaimed in individual files\&.
.PP
The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify,
distribute, and license this software and its documentation for any
purpose, provided that existing copyright notices are retained in all
copies and that this notice is included verbatim in any
distributions\&. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is
required for any of the authorized uses\&.  Modifications to this
software may be copyrighted by their authors and need not follow the
licensing terms described here, provided that the new terms are
clearly indicated on the first page of each file where they apply\&.
.PP
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY
PARTY FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, ITS DOCUMENTATION, OR
ANY DERIVATIVES THEREOF, EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE\&.
.PP
THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT\&.  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND
THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS HAVE NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE
MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS\&.
.PP
GOVERNMENT USE: If you are acquiring this software on behalf of
the U\&.S\&. government, the Government shall have only "Restricted
Rights" in the software and related documentation as defined in the
Federal Acquisition Regulations (FARs) in Clause 52\&.227\&.19 (c) (2)\&.
If you are acquiring the software on behalf of the Department of
Defense, the software shall be classified as "Commercial Computer
Software" and the Government shall have only "Restricted Rights" as
defined in Clause 252\&.227-7014 (b) (3) of DFARs\&.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the authors grant the U\&.S\&. Government and others acting in
its behalf permission to use and distribute the software in accordance
with the terms specified in this license\&.
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems\&.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp\&.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam]\&.
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation\&.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icons, images
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

Changes to embedded/man/files/mini.n.

1
2
3
4
5

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

52
53

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67


68




69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
...
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
...
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
...
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203


204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238

239
240
241
242






















243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297

298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
'\"
'\" Generated from file 'include/template.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"

'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk
'\" manual entries.
'\"
'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
'\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
'\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
'\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
'\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
'\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
'\"
'\" .AS ?type? ?name?
'\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
'\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
'\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
'\"
'\" .BS
'\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
'\"	enclosed in one large box.
'\"
'\" .BE
'\"	End of box enclosure.
'\"
'\" .CS
'\"	Begin code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .CE
'\"	End code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .VS ?version? ?br?
'\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
'\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
'\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
'\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
'\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
'\"
'\" .VE
'\"	End of vertical sidebar.
'\"
'\" .DS
'\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .DE
'\"	End of indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .SO
'\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget.  The

'\"	options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated
'\"	by tabs.

'\"
'\" .SE
'\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
'\"
'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
'\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
'\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
'\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
'\"	the option's class in the option database.
'\"
'\" .UL arg1 arg2
'\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
'\"
'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $


'\"




'\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
'\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP	(\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
'\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
'\"	# BS - start boxed text
'\"	# ^y = starting y location
'\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
'\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
'\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
'\"	# ^Y = starting y location
'\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
'\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
'\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
'\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
'\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
'\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
'\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
'\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO


.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c 8c 12c
.ft B
..
'\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
'\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
'\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
'\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..

.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..
.TH "famfamfam::mini" n 1.0.1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"






















.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam::mini \- FamFamFam Mini Icon Set
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1.1?\fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam::mini  ?1?\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam mini get\fR \fIname\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam mini list\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
\fB::famfamfam mini path\fR \fIname\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail.com], at
\fIhttp://www.famfamfam.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
This package provides a programmatic interface to the FamFamFam
Mini Icon Set. It enables the user to access any of the icons
in the set by name.
.PP
It resides in the Icon Set level of the architecture
IMAGE: arch_mini
.SH API
.TP
\fB::famfamfam mini get\fR \fIname\fR
This command returns a Tk image holding the mini icon whose
name was specified as argument of the command. An error will be thrown
instead if the \fIname\fR is not valid.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam mini list\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
This command returns a list containing the names of all valid
mini icons accessible through the package.
If the \fIpattern\fR is specified then only names matching that
pattern are returned. Matching is done by \fBstring match\fR,
i.e. the argument is a \fIglob pattern\fR.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam mini path\fR \fIname\fR
This command returns the absolute path of the file containing the
mini icon whose name was specified as argument of the
command. An error will be thrown instead if the \fIname\fR is not
valid.
.PP
.SH EXAMPLES
.nf


package require famfamfam::mini
set w [famfamfam mini list w*]
set box [famfamfam mini get box]

.fi
.SH REFERENCES
.IP [1]
\fIHomepage of the FamFam Mini Icon Set\fR [http://www.famfamfam.com/lab/icons/mini]
.PP
.SH AUTHORS
.IP [1]
Code by Andreas Kupries.
.IP [2]
The underlying Icon Set however was created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail.com] and is available for free
under a Creative Commons Attribution 2.5 License.
.sp
Per the terms of this license we give attribution, see the
previous paragraph, and section (\fBReferences\fR).
.PP
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam].
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icon set mini, icons, images, mini icons
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

|
|


>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|



|








|












|









|
|
|









|







 







|
|
|






|







 







|
|
|







 







|





|





|

>
>



|


|




|

|










|





|




>



<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|

|



|













|
|


|
|







|
|



|

|
|




|
|


|
>





|


|



|


|
|


|



|
|

|






|



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54

55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
...
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
...
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
...
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251

252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
'\"
'\" Generated from file 'template\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"
.TH "famfamfam::mini" n 1\&.0\&.1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"
.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used
.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries.
.\"
.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
.\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
.\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
.\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
.\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
.\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
.\"
.\" .AS ?type? ?name?
.\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
.\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
.\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
.\"
.\" .BS
.\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
.\"	enclosed in one large box.
.\"
.\" .BE
.\"	End of box enclosure.
.\"
.\" .CS
.\"	Begin code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .CE
.\"	End code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .VS ?version? ?br?
.\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
.\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
.\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
.\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
.\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
.\"
.\" .VE
.\"	End of vertical sidebar.
.\"
.\" .DS
.\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .DE
.\"	End of indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .SO ?manpage?
.\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage
.\"	argument defines where to look up the standard options; if
.\"	omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive

.\"	lines, in three columns separated by tabs.
.\"
.\" .SE
.\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
.\"
.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
.\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
.\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
.\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
.\"	the option's class in the option database.
.\"
.\" .UL arg1 arg2
.\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
.\"

.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation).
.\"
.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally
.\"	(for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis.
.\"
.\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
.\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
.\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
.\"	# BS - start boxed text
.\"	# ^y = starting y location
.\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
.\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
.\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
.\"	# ^Y = starting y location
.\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
.\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
.\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
.\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
.\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
.\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
.\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
.\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO
'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR
'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR
.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 5.5c 11c
.ft B
..
.\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
.\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
.\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
.\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..
.\"	# UL - underline word
.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..

.\"	# QW - apply quotation marks to word
.de QW
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2
..
.\"	# PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word
.de PQ
.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3
..
.\"	# QR - quoted range
.de QR
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3
..
.\"	# MT - "empty" string
.de MT
.QW ""
..
.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam::mini \- FamFamFam Mini Icon Set
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1\&.1?\fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam::mini  ?1?\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam mini get\fR \fIname\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam mini list\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
\fB::famfamfam mini path\fR \fIname\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail\&.com], at
\fIhttp://www\&.famfamfam\&.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
This package provides a programmatic interface to the FamFamFam
Mini Icon Set\&. It enables the user to access any of the icons
in the set by name\&.
.PP
It resides in the Icon Set level of the architecture
IMAGE: arch_mini
.SH API
.TP
\fB::famfamfam mini get\fR \fIname\fR
This command returns a Tk image holding the mini icon whose
name was specified as argument of the command\&. An error will be thrown
instead if the \fIname\fR is not valid\&.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam mini list\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
This command returns a list containing the names of all valid
mini icons accessible through the package\&.
If the \fIpattern\fR is specified then only names matching that
pattern are returned\&. Matching is done by \fBstring match\fR,
i\&.e\&. the argument is a \fIglob pattern\fR\&.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam mini path\fR \fIname\fR
This command returns the absolute path of the file containing the
mini icon whose name was specified as argument of the
command\&. An error will be thrown instead if the \fIname\fR is not
valid\&.
.PP
.SH EXAMPLES
.CS


package require famfamfam::mini
set w [famfamfam mini list w*]
set box [famfamfam mini get box]

.CE
.SH REFERENCES
.IP [1]
\fIHomepage of the FamFam Mini Icon Set\fR [http://www\&.famfamfam\&.com/lab/icons/mini]
.PP
.SH AUTHORS
.IP [1]
Code by Andreas Kupries\&.
.IP [2]
The underlying Icon Set however was created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail\&.com] and is available for free
under a Creative Commons Attribution 2\&.5 License\&.
.sp
Per the terms of this license we give attribution, see the
previous paragraph, and section (\fBReferences\fR)\&.
.PP
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems\&.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp\&.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam]\&.
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation\&.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icon set mini, icons, images, mini icons
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

Changes to embedded/man/files/mint.n.

1
2
3
4
5

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

52
53

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67


68




69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
...
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
...
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
...
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203


204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238

239
240
241
242






















243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297

298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
'\"
'\" Generated from file 'include/template.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"

'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk
'\" manual entries.
'\"
'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
'\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
'\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
'\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
'\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
'\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
'\"
'\" .AS ?type? ?name?
'\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
'\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
'\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
'\"
'\" .BS
'\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
'\"	enclosed in one large box.
'\"
'\" .BE
'\"	End of box enclosure.
'\"
'\" .CS
'\"	Begin code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .CE
'\"	End code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .VS ?version? ?br?
'\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
'\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
'\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
'\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
'\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
'\"
'\" .VE
'\"	End of vertical sidebar.
'\"
'\" .DS
'\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .DE
'\"	End of indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .SO
'\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget.  The

'\"	options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated
'\"	by tabs.

'\"
'\" .SE
'\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
'\"
'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
'\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
'\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
'\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
'\"	the option's class in the option database.
'\"
'\" .UL arg1 arg2
'\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
'\"
'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $


'\"




'\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
'\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP	(\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
'\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
'\"	# BS - start boxed text
'\"	# ^y = starting y location
'\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
'\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
'\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
'\"	# ^Y = starting y location
'\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
'\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
'\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
'\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
'\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
'\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
'\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
'\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO


.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c 8c 12c
.ft B
..
'\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
'\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
'\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
'\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..

.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..
.TH "famfamfam::mint" n 1.0.1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"






















.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam::mint \- FamFamFam Mint Icon Set
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1.1?\fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam::mint  ?1?\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam mint get\fR \fIname\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam mint list\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
\fB::famfamfam mint path\fR \fIname\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail.com], at
\fIhttp://www.famfamfam.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
This package provides a programmatic interface to the FamFamFam
Mint Icon Set. It enables the user to access any of the icons
in the set by name.
.PP
It resides in the Icon Set level of the architecture
IMAGE: arch_mint
.SH API
.TP
\fB::famfamfam mint get\fR \fIname\fR
This command returns a Tk image holding the mint icon whose
name was specified as argument of the command. An error will be thrown
instead if the \fIname\fR is not valid.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam mint list\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
This command returns a list containing the names of all valid
mint icons accessible through the package.
If the \fIpattern\fR is specified then only names matching that
pattern are returned. Matching is done by \fBstring match\fR,
i.e. the argument is a \fIglob pattern\fR.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam mint path\fR \fIname\fR
This command returns the absolute path of the file containing the
mint icon whose name was specified as argument of the
command. An error will be thrown instead if the \fIname\fR is not
valid.
.PP
.SH EXAMPLES
.nf


package require famfamfam::mint
set w [famfamfam mint list w*]
set page [famfamfam mint get page]

.fi
.SH REFERENCES
.IP [1]
\fIHomepage of the FamFam Mint Icon Set\fR [http://www.famfamfam.com/lab/icons/mint]
.PP
.SH AUTHORS
.IP [1]
Code by Andreas Kupries.
.IP [2]
The underlying Icon Set however was created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail.com] and is available for free
under a Creative Commons Attribution 2.5 License.
.sp
Per the terms of this license we give attribution, see the
previous paragraph, and section (\fBReferences\fR).
.PP
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam].
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icon set mint, icons, images, mint icons
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

|
|


>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|



|








|












|









|
|
|









|







 







|
|
|






|







 







|
|
|







 







|





|





|

>
>



|


|




|

|










|





|




>



<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|

|



|













|
|


|
|







|
|



|

|
|




|
|


|
>





|


|



|


|
|


|



|
|

|






|



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54

55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
...
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
...
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
...
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251

252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
'\"
'\" Generated from file 'template\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"
.TH "famfamfam::mint" n 1\&.0\&.1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"
.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used
.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries.
.\"
.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
.\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
.\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
.\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
.\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
.\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
.\"
.\" .AS ?type? ?name?
.\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
.\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
.\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
.\"
.\" .BS
.\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
.\"	enclosed in one large box.
.\"
.\" .BE
.\"	End of box enclosure.
.\"
.\" .CS
.\"	Begin code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .CE
.\"	End code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .VS ?version? ?br?
.\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
.\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
.\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
.\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
.\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
.\"
.\" .VE
.\"	End of vertical sidebar.
.\"
.\" .DS
.\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .DE
.\"	End of indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .SO ?manpage?
.\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage
.\"	argument defines where to look up the standard options; if
.\"	omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive

.\"	lines, in three columns separated by tabs.
.\"
.\" .SE
.\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
.\"
.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
.\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
.\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
.\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
.\"	the option's class in the option database.
.\"
.\" .UL arg1 arg2
.\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
.\"

.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation).
.\"
.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally
.\"	(for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis.
.\"
.\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
.\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
.\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
.\"	# BS - start boxed text
.\"	# ^y = starting y location
.\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
.\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
.\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
.\"	# ^Y = starting y location
.\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
.\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
.\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
.\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
.\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
.\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
.\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
.\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO
'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR
'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR
.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 5.5c 11c
.ft B
..
.\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
.\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
.\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
.\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..
.\"	# UL - underline word
.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..

.\"	# QW - apply quotation marks to word
.de QW
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2
..
.\"	# PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word
.de PQ
.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3
..
.\"	# QR - quoted range
.de QR
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3
..
.\"	# MT - "empty" string
.de MT
.QW ""
..
.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam::mint \- FamFamFam Mint Icon Set
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1\&.1?\fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam::mint  ?1?\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam mint get\fR \fIname\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam mint list\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
\fB::famfamfam mint path\fR \fIname\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail\&.com], at
\fIhttp://www\&.famfamfam\&.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
This package provides a programmatic interface to the FamFamFam
Mint Icon Set\&. It enables the user to access any of the icons
in the set by name\&.
.PP
It resides in the Icon Set level of the architecture
IMAGE: arch_mint
.SH API
.TP
\fB::famfamfam mint get\fR \fIname\fR
This command returns a Tk image holding the mint icon whose
name was specified as argument of the command\&. An error will be thrown
instead if the \fIname\fR is not valid\&.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam mint list\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
This command returns a list containing the names of all valid
mint icons accessible through the package\&.
If the \fIpattern\fR is specified then only names matching that
pattern are returned\&. Matching is done by \fBstring match\fR,
i\&.e\&. the argument is a \fIglob pattern\fR\&.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam mint path\fR \fIname\fR
This command returns the absolute path of the file containing the
mint icon whose name was specified as argument of the
command\&. An error will be thrown instead if the \fIname\fR is not
valid\&.
.PP
.SH EXAMPLES
.CS


package require famfamfam::mint
set w [famfamfam mint list w*]
set page [famfamfam mint get page]

.CE
.SH REFERENCES
.IP [1]
\fIHomepage of the FamFam Mint Icon Set\fR [http://www\&.famfamfam\&.com/lab/icons/mint]
.PP
.SH AUTHORS
.IP [1]
Code by Andreas Kupries\&.
.IP [2]
The underlying Icon Set however was created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail\&.com] and is available for free
under a Creative Commons Attribution 2\&.5 License\&.
.sp
Per the terms of this license we give attribution, see the
previous paragraph, and section (\fBReferences\fR)\&.
.PP
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems\&.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp\&.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam]\&.
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation\&.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icon set mint, icons, images, mint icons
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

Changes to embedded/man/files/silk.n.

1
2
3
4
5

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

52
53

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67


68




69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
...
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
...
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
...
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203


204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238

239
240
241
242






















243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297

298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
'\"
'\" Generated from file 'include/template.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"

'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk
'\" manual entries.
'\"
'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
'\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
'\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
'\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
'\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
'\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
'\"
'\" .AS ?type? ?name?
'\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
'\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
'\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
'\"
'\" .BS
'\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
'\"	enclosed in one large box.
'\"
'\" .BE
'\"	End of box enclosure.
'\"
'\" .CS
'\"	Begin code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .CE
'\"	End code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .VS ?version? ?br?
'\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
'\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
'\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
'\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
'\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
'\"
'\" .VE
'\"	End of vertical sidebar.
'\"
'\" .DS
'\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .DE
'\"	End of indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .SO
'\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget.  The

'\"	options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated
'\"	by tabs.

'\"
'\" .SE
'\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
'\"
'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
'\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
'\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
'\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
'\"	the option's class in the option database.
'\"
'\" .UL arg1 arg2
'\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
'\"
'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $


'\"




'\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
'\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP	(\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
'\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
'\"	# BS - start boxed text
'\"	# ^y = starting y location
'\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
'\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
'\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
'\"	# ^Y = starting y location
'\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
'\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
'\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
'\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
'\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
'\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
'\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
'\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO


.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c 8c 12c
.ft B
..
'\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
'\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
'\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
'\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..

.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..
.TH "famfamfam::silk" n 1.0.1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"






















.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam::silk \- FamFamFam Silk Icon Set
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1.1?\fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam::silk  ?1?\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam silk get\fR \fIname\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam silk list\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
\fB::famfamfam silk path\fR \fIname\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail.com], at
\fIhttp://www.famfamfam.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
This package provides a programmatic interface to the FamFamFam
Silk Icon Set. It enables the user to access any of the icons
in the set by name.
.PP
It resides in the Icon Set level of the architecture
IMAGE: arch_silk
.SH API
.TP
\fB::famfamfam silk get\fR \fIname\fR
This command returns a Tk image holding the silk icon whose
name was specified as argument of the command. An error will be thrown
instead if the \fIname\fR is not valid.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam silk list\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
This command returns a list containing the names of all valid
silk icons accessible through the package.
If the \fIpattern\fR is specified then only names matching that
pattern are returned. Matching is done by \fBstring match\fR,
i.e. the argument is a \fIglob pattern\fR.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam silk path\fR \fIname\fR
This command returns the absolute path of the file containing the
silk icon whose name was specified as argument of the
command. An error will be thrown instead if the \fIname\fR is not
valid.
.PP
.SH EXAMPLES
.nf


package require famfamfam::silk
set w [famfamfam silk list w*]
set wand [famfamfam silk get wand]

.fi
.SH REFERENCES
.IP [1]
\fIHomepage of the FamFam Silk Icon Set\fR [http://www.famfamfam.com/lab/icons/silk]
.PP
.SH AUTHORS
.IP [1]
Code by Andreas Kupries.
.IP [2]
The underlying Icon Set however was created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail.com] and is available for free
under a Creative Commons Attribution 2.5 License.
.sp
Per the terms of this license we give attribution, see the
previous paragraph, and section (\fBReferences\fR).
.PP
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam].
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icon set silk, icons, images, silk icons
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

|
|


>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|



|








|












|









|
|
|









|







 







|
|
|






|







 







|
|
|







 







|





|





|

>
>



|


|




|

|










|





|




>



<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|

|



|













|
|


|
|







|
|



|

|
|




|
|


|
>





|


|



|


|
|


|



|
|

|






|



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54

55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
...
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
...
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
...
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251

252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
'\"
'\" Generated from file 'template\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"
.TH "famfamfam::silk" n 1\&.0\&.1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"
.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used
.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries.
.\"
.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
.\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
.\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
.\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
.\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
.\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
.\"
.\" .AS ?type? ?name?
.\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
.\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
.\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
.\"
.\" .BS
.\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
.\"	enclosed in one large box.
.\"
.\" .BE
.\"	End of box enclosure.
.\"
.\" .CS
.\"	Begin code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .CE
.\"	End code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .VS ?version? ?br?
.\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
.\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
.\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
.\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
.\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
.\"
.\" .VE
.\"	End of vertical sidebar.
.\"
.\" .DS
.\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .DE
.\"	End of indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .SO ?manpage?
.\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage
.\"	argument defines where to look up the standard options; if
.\"	omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive

.\"	lines, in three columns separated by tabs.
.\"
.\" .SE
.\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
.\"
.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
.\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
.\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
.\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
.\"	the option's class in the option database.
.\"
.\" .UL arg1 arg2
.\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
.\"

.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation).
.\"
.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally
.\"	(for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis.
.\"
.\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
.\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
.\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
.\"	# BS - start boxed text
.\"	# ^y = starting y location
.\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
.\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
.\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
.\"	# ^Y = starting y location
.\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
.\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
.\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
.\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
.\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
.\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
.\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
.\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO
'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR
'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR
.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 5.5c 11c
.ft B
..
.\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
.\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
.\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
.\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..
.\"	# UL - underline word
.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..

.\"	# QW - apply quotation marks to word
.de QW
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2
..
.\"	# PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word
.de PQ
.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3
..
.\"	# QR - quoted range
.de QR
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3
..
.\"	# MT - "empty" string
.de MT
.QW ""
..
.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam::silk \- FamFamFam Silk Icon Set
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1\&.1?\fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam::silk  ?1?\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam silk get\fR \fIname\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam silk list\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
\fB::famfamfam silk path\fR \fIname\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail\&.com], at
\fIhttp://www\&.famfamfam\&.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
This package provides a programmatic interface to the FamFamFam
Silk Icon Set\&. It enables the user to access any of the icons
in the set by name\&.
.PP
It resides in the Icon Set level of the architecture
IMAGE: arch_silk
.SH API
.TP
\fB::famfamfam silk get\fR \fIname\fR
This command returns a Tk image holding the silk icon whose
name was specified as argument of the command\&. An error will be thrown
instead if the \fIname\fR is not valid\&.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam silk list\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
This command returns a list containing the names of all valid
silk icons accessible through the package\&.
If the \fIpattern\fR is specified then only names matching that
pattern are returned\&. Matching is done by \fBstring match\fR,
i\&.e\&. the argument is a \fIglob pattern\fR\&.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam silk path\fR \fIname\fR
This command returns the absolute path of the file containing the
silk icon whose name was specified as argument of the
command\&. An error will be thrown instead if the \fIname\fR is not
valid\&.
.PP
.SH EXAMPLES
.CS


package require famfamfam::silk
set w [famfamfam silk list w*]
set wand [famfamfam silk get wand]

.CE
.SH REFERENCES
.IP [1]
\fIHomepage of the FamFam Silk Icon Set\fR [http://www\&.famfamfam\&.com/lab/icons/silk]
.PP
.SH AUTHORS
.IP [1]
Code by Andreas Kupries\&.
.IP [2]
The underlying Icon Set however was created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail\&.com] and is available for free
under a Creative Commons Attribution 2\&.5 License\&.
.sp
Per the terms of this license we give attribution, see the
previous paragraph, and section (\fBReferences\fR)\&.
.PP
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems\&.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp\&.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam]\&.
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation\&.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icon set silk, icons, images, silk icons
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

Changes to embedded/man/files/sources.n.

1
2
3
4
5

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

52
53

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67


68




69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
...
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
...
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
...
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203


204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238

239
240
241
242






















243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299

300
301
302

303
304


305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
'\"
'\" Generated from file '/net/nas/data/andreask/Dev/FamFamFam/famfamfam/embedded/man/files/sources.n' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"

'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk
'\" manual entries.
'\"
'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
'\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
'\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
'\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
'\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
'\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
'\"
'\" .AS ?type? ?name?
'\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
'\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
'\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
'\"
'\" .BS
'\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
'\"	enclosed in one large box.
'\"
'\" .BE
'\"	End of box enclosure.
'\"
'\" .CS
'\"	Begin code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .CE
'\"	End code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .VS ?version? ?br?
'\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
'\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
'\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
'\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
'\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
'\"
'\" .VE
'\"	End of vertical sidebar.
'\"
'\" .DS
'\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .DE
'\"	End of indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .SO
'\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget.  The

'\"	options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated
'\"	by tabs.

'\"
'\" .SE
'\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
'\"
'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
'\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
'\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
'\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
'\"	the option's class in the option database.
'\"
'\" .UL arg1 arg2
'\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
'\"
'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $


'\"




'\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
'\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP	(\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
'\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
'\"	# BS - start boxed text
'\"	# ^y = starting y location
'\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
'\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
'\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
'\"	# ^Y = starting y location
'\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
'\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
'\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
'\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
'\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
'\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
'\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
'\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO


.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c 8c 12c
.ft B
..
'\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
'\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
'\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
'\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..

.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..
.TH "famfamfam_sources" n 1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"






















.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam_sources \- FamFamFam - How To Get The Sources
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1.1?\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail.com], at
\fIhttp://www.famfamfam.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
The audience of this document is anyone wishing to either have just a
look at FamFamFam's source code, or build the packages, or to extend and
modify them.
.PP
For builders and developers we additionally provide
.IP [1]
\fIFamFamFam - The Installer's Guide\fR.
.IP [2]
\fIFamFamFam - The Developer's Guide\fR.
.PP
respectively.
.SH "SOURCE LOCATION"
The official repository for FamFamFam can be found at
\fIhttp://chiselapp.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam\fR
.SH RETRIEVAL
Assuming that you simply wish to look at the sources, or build a
specific revision, the easiest way of retrieving it is to:
.IP [1]
Log into this site, as "anonymous", using the semi-random password in the captcha.
.IP [2]
Go to the "Timeline".
.IP [3]
Choose the revision you wish to have and
.IP [4]
follow its link to its detailed information page.
.IP [5]
On that page, choose either the "ZIP" or "Tarball" link to get
a copy of this revision in the format of your choice.
.PP
.SH "SOURCE CODE MANAGEMENT"
For the curious (or a developer-to-be), the sources are managed by the
\fIFossil SCM\fR [http://www.fossil-scm.org].
Binaries for popular platforms can be found directly at its
\fIdownload page\fR [http://www.fossil-scm.org/download.html].
.PP
With that tool available the full history can be retrieved via:
.nf


    fossil clone  http://chiselapp.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam  famfamfam.fossil

.fi

followed by
.nf



    mkdir famfamfam
    cd famfamfam
    fossil open ../famfamfam.fossil

.fi
to get a checkout of the head of the trunk.
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam].
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icons, images
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

|
|


>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|



|








|












|









|
|
|









|







 







|
|
|






|







 







|
|
|







 







|





|





|

>
>



|


|




|

|










|





|




>



<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|

|



|





|
|



|



|

|

|


|




|

|



|


|



|

|


|

>
|

<
>

<
>
>



|

|
|


|
|

|






|



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54

55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
...
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
...
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
...
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251

252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333

334
335

336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
'\"
'\" Generated from file 'sources\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"
.TH "famfamfam_sources" n 1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"
.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used
.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries.
.\"
.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
.\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
.\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
.\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
.\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
.\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
.\"
.\" .AS ?type? ?name?
.\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
.\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
.\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
.\"
.\" .BS
.\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
.\"	enclosed in one large box.
.\"
.\" .BE
.\"	End of box enclosure.
.\"
.\" .CS
.\"	Begin code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .CE
.\"	End code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .VS ?version? ?br?
.\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
.\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
.\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
.\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
.\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
.\"
.\" .VE
.\"	End of vertical sidebar.
.\"
.\" .DS
.\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .DE
.\"	End of indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .SO ?manpage?
.\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage
.\"	argument defines where to look up the standard options; if
.\"	omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive

.\"	lines, in three columns separated by tabs.
.\"
.\" .SE
.\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
.\"
.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
.\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
.\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
.\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
.\"	the option's class in the option database.
.\"
.\" .UL arg1 arg2
.\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
.\"

.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation).
.\"
.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally
.\"	(for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis.
.\"
.\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
.\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
.\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
.\"	# BS - start boxed text
.\"	# ^y = starting y location
.\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
.\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
.\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
.\"	# ^Y = starting y location
.\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
.\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
.\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
.\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
.\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
.\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
.\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
.\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO
'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR
'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR
.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 5.5c 11c
.ft B
..
.\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
.\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
.\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
.\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..
.\"	# UL - underline word
.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..

.\"	# QW - apply quotation marks to word
.de QW
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2
..
.\"	# PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word
.de PQ
.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3
..
.\"	# QR - quoted range
.de QR
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3
..
.\"	# MT - "empty" string
.de MT
.QW ""
..
.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam_sources \- FamFamFam - How To Get The Sources
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1\&.1?\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail\&.com], at
\fIhttp://www\&.famfamfam\&.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
The audience of this document is anyone wishing to either have just a
look at FamFamFam's source code, or build the packages, or to extend and
modify them\&.
.PP
For builders and developers we additionally provide
.IP [1]
\fIFamFamFam - The Installer's Guide\fR\&.
.IP [2]
\fIFamFamFam - The Developer's Guide\fR\&.
.PP
respectively\&.
.SH "SOURCE LOCATION"
The official repository for FamFamFam can be found at
\fIhttp://chiselapp\&.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam\fR
.SH RETRIEVAL
Assuming that you simply wish to look at the sources, or build a
specific revision, the easiest way of retrieving it is to:
.IP [1]
Log into this site, as "anonymous", using the semi-random password in the captcha\&.
.IP [2]
Go to the "Timeline"\&.
.IP [3]
Choose the revision you wish to have and
.IP [4]
follow its link to its detailed information page\&.
.IP [5]
On that page, choose either the "ZIP" or "Tarball" link to get
a copy of this revision in the format of your choice\&.
.PP
.SH "SOURCE CODE MANAGEMENT"
For the curious (or a developer-to-be), the sources are managed by the
\fIFossil SCM\fR [http://www\&.fossil-scm\&.org]\&.
Binaries for popular platforms can be found directly at its
\fIdownload page\fR [http://www\&.fossil-scm\&.org/download\&.html]\&.
.PP
With that tool available the full history can be retrieved via:
.CS


    fossil clone  http://chiselapp\&.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam  famfamfam\&.fossil


.CE
followed by

.CS


    mkdir famfamfam
    cd famfamfam
    fossil open \&.\&./famfamfam\&.fossil

.CE
to get a checkout of the head of the trunk\&.
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems\&.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp\&.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam]\&.
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation\&.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icons, images
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

Changes to embedded/man/files/subset.n.

1
2
3
4
5

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

52
53

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67


68




69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
...
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
...
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
...
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203


204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238

239
240
241
242






















243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
'\"
'\" Generated from file '/net/nas/data/andreask/Dev/FamFamFam/famfamfam/embedded/man/files/subset.n' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"

'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk
'\" manual entries.
'\"
'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
'\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
'\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
'\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
'\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
'\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
'\"
'\" .AS ?type? ?name?
'\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
'\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
'\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
'\"
'\" .BS
'\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
'\"	enclosed in one large box.
'\"
'\" .BE
'\"	End of box enclosure.
'\"
'\" .CS
'\"	Begin code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .CE
'\"	End code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .VS ?version? ?br?
'\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
'\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
'\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
'\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
'\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
'\"
'\" .VE
'\"	End of vertical sidebar.
'\"
'\" .DS
'\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .DE
'\"	End of indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .SO
'\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget.  The

'\"	options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated
'\"	by tabs.

'\"
'\" .SE
'\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
'\"
'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
'\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
'\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
'\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
'\"	the option's class in the option database.
'\"
'\" .UL arg1 arg2
'\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
'\"
'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $


'\"




'\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
'\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP	(\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
'\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
'\"	# BS - start boxed text
'\"	# ^y = starting y location
'\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
'\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
'\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
'\"	# ^Y = starting y location
'\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
'\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
'\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
'\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
'\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
'\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
'\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
'\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO


.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c 8c 12c
.ft B
..
'\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
'\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
'\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
'\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..

.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..
.TH "famfamfam" n 1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"






















.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam \- FamFamFam Sub Setting
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1.1?\fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam::subset  1\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam::subset\fR \fBnew\fR \fIname\fR \fIversion\fR \fIpath\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam::subset\fR \fBsave\fR \fIiconset\fR \fIname\fR \fIpath\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam::subset\fR \fBdone\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail.com], at
\fIhttp://www.famfamfam.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
This package is a helper to ease the creation of icon packages
which are a subset of one or more icon packages based on the
\fBfamfamfam\fR core.
.PP
It resides in the Icon Set level of the architecture
IMAGE: arch_subset
.SH API
.TP
\fB::famfamfam::subset\fR \fBnew\fR \fIname\fR \fIversion\fR \fIpath\fR
This method starts the generation of a new icon package, with the
given \fIname\fR and \fIversion\fR.
The package is assembled in the directory \fIpath\fR.
The directory will be created if necessary.
.sp
The result of the method is the empty string.
.sp
An error will be thrown if a package is already in assembly.
.sp
After this method has been issued the methods \fBsave\fR and
\fBdone\fR can be used to add icons to the new package, and to
complete the assembly.
.sp
As a side-effect the \fBfamfamfam\fR core is configured
with an callback which will automatically \fBsave\fR all icons
which are loaded by famfamfam core based packages.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam::subset\fR \fBsave\fR \fIiconset\fR \fIname\fR \fIpath\fR
This method adds the specified icon to the icon package started with
method \fBnew\fR.
.sp
The result of the method is the empty string.
.sp
An error will be thrown if no package is in assembly.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam::subset\fR \fBdone\fR
This method completes the generation of the icon package started with
method \fBnew\fR.
.sp
The result of the method is the empty string.
.sp
An error will be thrown if no package is in assembly.
.sp
The auto-\fBsave\fR callback installed by \fBnew\fR is
removed.
.PP
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam].
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icons, images
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

|
|


>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|



|








|












|









|
|
|









|







 







|
|
|






|







 







|
|
|







 







|





|





|

>
>



|


|




|

|










|





|




>



<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


|

|

|



|













|
|



|







|
|
|

|

|



|



|



|

|

|



|

|

|


|



|
|

|






|



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54

55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
...
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
...
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
...
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251

252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
'\"
'\" Generated from file 'subset\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff'
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
'\"
.TH "famfamfam::subset" n 1 doc "FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl"
.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used
.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries.
.\"
.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
.\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
.\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
.\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
.\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
.\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
.\"
.\" .AS ?type? ?name?
.\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
.\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
.\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
.\"
.\" .BS
.\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
.\"	enclosed in one large box.
.\"
.\" .BE
.\"	End of box enclosure.
.\"
.\" .CS
.\"	Begin code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .CE
.\"	End code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .VS ?version? ?br?
.\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
.\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
.\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
.\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
.\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
.\"
.\" .VE
.\"	End of vertical sidebar.
.\"
.\" .DS
.\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .DE
.\"	End of indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .SO ?manpage?
.\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage
.\"	argument defines where to look up the standard options; if
.\"	omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive

.\"	lines, in three columns separated by tabs.
.\"
.\" .SE
.\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
.\"
.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
.\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
.\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
.\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
.\"	the option's class in the option database.
.\"
.\" .UL arg1 arg2
.\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
.\"

.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation).
.\"
.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally
.\"	(for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis.
.\"
.\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
.\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
.\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
.\"	# BS - start boxed text
.\"	# ^y = starting y location
.\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
.\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
.\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
.\"	# ^Y = starting y location
.\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
.\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
.\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
.\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
.\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
.\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
.\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
.\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO
'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR
'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR
.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 5.5c 11c
.ft B
..
.\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
.\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
.\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
.\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..
.\"	# UL - underline word
.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..

.\"	# QW - apply quotation marks to word
.de QW
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2
..
.\"	# PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word
.de PQ
.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3
..
.\"	# QR - quoted range
.de QR
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3
..
.\"	# MT - "empty" string
.de MT
.QW ""
..
.BS
.SH NAME
famfamfam::subset \- FamFamFam Sub Setting
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTk  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBTcl  8\&.5\fR
.sp
package require \fBimg::png \fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam  ?1\&.1?\fR
.sp
package require \fBfamfamfam::subset  1\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam::subset\fR \fBnew\fR \fIname\fR \fIversion\fR \fIpath\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam::subset\fR \fBsave\fR \fIiconset\fR \fIname\fR \fIpath\fR
.sp
\fB::famfamfam::subset\fR \fBdone\fR
.sp
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Welcome to famfamfam, a set of packages providing access to the
same-named icon sets created by
\fIMark James\fR [mailto:mjames@gmail\&.com], at
\fIhttp://www\&.famfamfam\&.com/lab/icons/\fR
.PP
This package is a helper to ease the creation of icon packages
which are a subset of one or more icon packages based on the
\fBfamfamfam\fR core\&.
.PP
It resides in the Icon Set level of the architecture
IMAGE: arch_subset
.SH API
.TP
\fB::famfamfam::subset\fR \fBnew\fR \fIname\fR \fIversion\fR \fIpath\fR
This method starts the generation of a new icon package, with the
given \fIname\fR and \fIversion\fR\&.
The package is assembled in the directory \fIpath\fR\&.
The directory will be created if necessary\&.
.sp
The result of the method is the empty string\&.
.sp
An error will be thrown if a package is already in assembly\&.
.sp
After this method has been issued the methods \fBsave\fR and
\fBdone\fR can be used to add icons to the new package, and to
complete the assembly\&.
.sp
As a side-effect the \fBfamfamfam\fR core is configured
with an callback which will automatically \fBsave\fR all icons
which are loaded by famfamfam core based packages\&.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam::subset\fR \fBsave\fR \fIiconset\fR \fIname\fR \fIpath\fR
This method adds the specified icon to the icon package started with
method \fBnew\fR\&.
.sp
The result of the method is the empty string\&.
.sp
An error will be thrown if no package is in assembly\&.
.TP
\fB::famfamfam::subset\fR \fBdone\fR
This method completes the generation of the icon package started with
method \fBnew\fR\&.
.sp
The result of the method is the empty string\&.
.sp
An error will be thrown if no package is in assembly\&.
.sp
The auto-\fBsave\fR callback installed by \fBnew\fR is
removed\&.
.PP
.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK"
This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain
bugs and other problems\&.
Please report such at the \fIFamFamFam Tcl Tracker\fR [http://chiselapp\&.com/user/andreas_kupries/repository/famfamfam]\&.
Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either
package and/or documentation\&.
.SH KEYWORDS
famfamfam, icons, images
.SH CATEGORY
Icon sets
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright (c) 2012 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users\&.sourceforge\&.net>
Copyright (c) 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries

.fi

Changes to embedded/man/index.n.

1
2

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48

49
50

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64


65




66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
...
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
...
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
...
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200


201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235

236
237
238
239






















240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
'\"
'\" Generated by tcllib/doctools/idx with format 'nroff'

'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk
'\" manual entries.
'\"
'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
'\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
'\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
'\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
'\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
'\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
'\"
'\" .AS ?type? ?name?
'\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
'\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
'\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
'\"
'\" .BS
'\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
'\"	enclosed in one large box.
'\"
'\" .BE
'\"	End of box enclosure.
'\"
'\" .CS
'\"	Begin code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .CE
'\"	End code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .VS ?version? ?br?
'\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
'\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
'\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
'\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
'\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
'\"
'\" .VE
'\"	End of vertical sidebar.
'\"
'\" .DS
'\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .DE
'\"	End of indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .SO
'\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget.  The

'\"	options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated
'\"	by tabs.

'\"
'\" .SE
'\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
'\"
'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
'\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
'\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
'\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
'\"	the option's class in the option database.
'\"
'\" .UL arg1 arg2
'\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
'\"
'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $


'\"




'\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
'\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP	(\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
'\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
'\"	# BS - start boxed text
'\"	# ^y = starting y location
'\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
'\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
'\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
'\"	# ^Y = starting y location
'\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
'\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
'\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
'\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
'\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
'\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
'\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
'\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO


.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c 8c 12c
.ft B
..
'\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
'\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
'\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
'\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..

.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..
.TH "Keyword Index" n






















.BS
.SH INDEX
doc
.RS
famfamfam
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/core.n\fR
famfamfam
.TP
\fBfiles/devguide.n\fR
famfamfam_devguide
.TP
\fBfiles/flags.n\fR
famfamfam::flags
.TP
\fBfiles/installer.n\fR
famfamfam_install_guide
.TP
\fBfiles/intro.n\fR
famfamfam_introduction
.TP
\fBfiles/license.n\fR
famfamfam_license
.TP
\fBfiles/mini.n\fR
famfamfam::mini
.TP
\fBfiles/mint.n\fR
famfamfam::mint
.TP
\fBfiles/silk.n\fR
famfamfam::silk
.TP
\fBfiles/sources.n\fR
famfamfam_sources
.TP
\fBfiles/subset.n\fR
famfamfam
.RE
flags icons
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/flags.n\fR
famfamfam::flags
.RE
icon set flags
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/flags.n\fR
famfamfam::flags
.RE
icon set mini
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/mini.n\fR
famfamfam::mini
.RE
icon set mint
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/mint.n\fR
famfamfam::mint
.RE
icon set silk
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/silk.n\fR
famfamfam::silk
.RE
icons
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/core.n\fR
famfamfam
.TP
\fBfiles/devguide.n\fR
famfamfam_devguide
.TP
\fBfiles/flags.n\fR
famfamfam::flags
.TP
\fBfiles/installer.n\fR
famfamfam_install_guide
.TP
\fBfiles/intro.n\fR
famfamfam_introduction
.TP
\fBfiles/license.n\fR
famfamfam_license
.TP
\fBfiles/mini.n\fR
famfamfam::mini
.TP
\fBfiles/mint.n\fR
famfamfam::mint
.TP
\fBfiles/silk.n\fR
famfamfam::silk
.TP
\fBfiles/sources.n\fR
famfamfam_sources
.TP
\fBfiles/subset.n\fR
famfamfam
.RE
images
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/core.n\fR
famfamfam
.TP
\fBfiles/devguide.n\fR
famfamfam_devguide
.TP
\fBfiles/flags.n\fR
famfamfam::flags
.TP
\fBfiles/installer.n\fR
famfamfam_install_guide
.TP
\fBfiles/intro.n\fR
famfamfam_introduction
.TP
\fBfiles/license.n\fR
famfamfam_license
.TP
\fBfiles/mini.n\fR
famfamfam::mini
.TP
\fBfiles/mint.n\fR
famfamfam::mint
.TP
\fBfiles/silk.n\fR
famfamfam::silk
.TP
\fBfiles/sources.n\fR
famfamfam_sources
.TP
\fBfiles/subset.n\fR
famfamfam
.RE
mini icons
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/mini.n\fR
famfamfam::mini
.RE
mint icons
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/mint.n\fR
famfamfam::mint
.RE
silk icons
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/silk.n\fR
famfamfam::silk
.RE


>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|



|








|












|









|
|
|









|







 







|
|
|






|







 







|
|
|







 







|





|





|

>
>



|


|




|

|










|





|




>



<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







|


|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|




|





|





|





|





|





|


|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|




|


|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|




|





|





|


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65

66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
...
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
...
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
...
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248

249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
'\"
'\" Generated by tcllib/doctools/idx with format 'nroff'
.TH "Keyword Index" n
.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used
.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries.
.\"
.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
.\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
.\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
.\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
.\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
.\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
.\"
.\" .AS ?type? ?name?
.\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
.\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
.\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
.\"
.\" .BS
.\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
.\"	enclosed in one large box.
.\"
.\" .BE
.\"	End of box enclosure.
.\"
.\" .CS
.\"	Begin code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .CE
.\"	End code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .VS ?version? ?br?
.\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
.\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
.\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
.\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
.\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
.\"
.\" .VE
.\"	End of vertical sidebar.
.\"
.\" .DS
.\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .DE
.\"	End of indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .SO ?manpage?
.\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage
.\"	argument defines where to look up the standard options; if
.\"	omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive

.\"	lines, in three columns separated by tabs.
.\"
.\" .SE
.\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
.\"
.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
.\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
.\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
.\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
.\"	the option's class in the option database.
.\"
.\" .UL arg1 arg2
.\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
.\"

.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation).
.\"
.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally
.\"	(for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis.
.\"
.\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
.\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
.\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
.\"	# BS - start boxed text
.\"	# ^y = starting y location
.\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
.\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
.\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
.\"	# ^Y = starting y location
.\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
.\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
.\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
.\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
.\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
.\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
.\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
.\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO
'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR
'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR
.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 5.5c 11c
.ft B
..
.\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
.\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
.\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
.\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..
.\"	# UL - underline word
.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..

.\"	# QW - apply quotation marks to word
.de QW
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2
..
.\"	# PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word
.de PQ
.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3
..
.\"	# QR - quoted range
.de QR
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3
..
.\"	# MT - "empty" string
.de MT
.QW ""
..
.BS
.SH INDEX
doc
.RS
famfamfam
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/core\&.n\fR
famfamfam
.TP
\fBfiles/flags\&.n\fR
famfamfam::flags
.TP
\fBfiles/mini\&.n\fR
famfamfam::mini
.TP
\fBfiles/mint\&.n\fR
famfamfam::mint
.TP
\fBfiles/silk\&.n\fR
famfamfam::silk
.TP
\fBfiles/subset\&.n\fR
famfamfam::subset
.TP
\fBfiles/devguide\&.n\fR
famfamfam_devguide
.TP
\fBfiles/installer\&.n\fR
famfamfam_install_guide
.TP
\fBfiles/intro\&.n\fR
famfamfam_introduction
.TP
\fBfiles/license\&.n\fR
famfamfam_license
.TP
\fBfiles/sources\&.n\fR
famfamfam_sources
.RE
flags icons
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/flags\&.n\fR
famfamfam::flags
.RE
icon set flags
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/flags\&.n\fR
famfamfam::flags
.RE
icon set mini
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/mini\&.n\fR
famfamfam::mini
.RE
icon set mint
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/mint\&.n\fR
famfamfam::mint
.RE
icon set silk
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/silk\&.n\fR
famfamfam::silk
.RE
icons
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/core\&.n\fR
famfamfam
.TP
\fBfiles/flags\&.n\fR
famfamfam::flags
.TP
\fBfiles/mini\&.n\fR
famfamfam::mini
.TP
\fBfiles/mint\&.n\fR
famfamfam::mint
.TP
\fBfiles/silk\&.n\fR
famfamfam::silk
.TP
\fBfiles/subset\&.n\fR
famfamfam::subset
.TP
\fBfiles/devguide\&.n\fR
famfamfam_devguide
.TP
\fBfiles/installer\&.n\fR
famfamfam_install_guide
.TP
\fBfiles/intro\&.n\fR
famfamfam_introduction
.TP
\fBfiles/license\&.n\fR
famfamfam_license
.TP
\fBfiles/sources\&.n\fR
famfamfam_sources
.RE
images
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/core\&.n\fR
famfamfam
.TP
\fBfiles/flags\&.n\fR
famfamfam::flags
.TP
\fBfiles/mini\&.n\fR
famfamfam::mini
.TP
\fBfiles/mint\&.n\fR
famfamfam::mint
.TP
\fBfiles/silk\&.n\fR
famfamfam::silk
.TP
\fBfiles/subset\&.n\fR
famfamfam::subset
.TP
\fBfiles/devguide\&.n\fR
famfamfam_devguide
.TP
\fBfiles/installer\&.n\fR
famfamfam_install_guide
.TP
\fBfiles/intro\&.n\fR
famfamfam_introduction
.TP
\fBfiles/license\&.n\fR
famfamfam_license
.TP
\fBfiles/sources\&.n\fR
famfamfam_sources
.RE
mini icons
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/mini\&.n\fR
famfamfam::mini
.RE
mint icons
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/mint\&.n\fR
famfamfam::mint
.RE
silk icons
.RS
.TP
\fBfiles/silk\&.n\fR
famfamfam::silk
.RE

Changes to embedded/man/toc.n.

1
2

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48

49
50

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64


65




66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
...
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
...
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
...
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200


201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235

236
237
238
239






















240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
'\"
'\" Generated by tcllib/doctools/toc with format 'nroff'

'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk
'\" manual entries.
'\"
'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
'\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
'\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
'\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
'\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
'\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
'\"
'\" .AS ?type? ?name?
'\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
'\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
'\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
'\"
'\" .BS
'\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
'\"	enclosed in one large box.
'\"
'\" .BE
'\"	End of box enclosure.
'\"
'\" .CS
'\"	Begin code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .CE
'\"	End code excerpt.
'\"
'\" .VS ?version? ?br?
'\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
'\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
'\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
'\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
'\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
'\"
'\" .VE
'\"	End of vertical sidebar.
'\"
'\" .DS
'\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .DE
'\"	End of indented unfilled display.
'\"
'\" .SO
'\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget.  The

'\"	options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated
'\"	by tabs.

'\"
'\" .SE
'\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
'\"
'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
'\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
'\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
'\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
'\"	the option's class in the option database.
'\"
'\" .UL arg1 arg2
'\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
'\"
'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $


'\"




'\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
'\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP	(\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
'\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
'\"	# BS - start boxed text
'\"	# ^y = starting y location
'\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
'\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
'\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
'\"	# ^Y = starting y location
'\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
'\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
'\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
'\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
'\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
'\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
'\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
'\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO


.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c 8c 12c
.ft B
..
'\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
'\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
'\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
'\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..

.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..
.TH "Table Of Contents" n






















.BS
.SH CONTENTS
doc
.RS
.TP
\fBfamfamfam_sources\fR
\fIfiles/sources.n\fR: FamFamFam - How To Get The Sources
.TP
\fBfamfamfam_introduction\fR
\fIfiles/intro.n\fR: FamFamFam - Introduction to FamFamFam
.TP
\fBfamfamfam_license\fR
\fIfiles/license.n\fR: FamFamFam - License
.TP
\fBfamfamfam_devguide\fR
\fIfiles/devguide.n\fR: FamFamFam - The Developer's Guide
.TP
\fBfamfamfam_install_guide\fR
\fIfiles/installer.n\fR: FamFamFam - The Installer's Guide
.TP
\fBfamfamfam\fR
\fIfiles/core.n\fR: FamFamFam Core
.TP
\fBfamfamfam::flags\fR
\fIfiles/flags.n\fR: FamFamFam Flags Icon Set
.TP
\fBfamfamfam::mini\fR
\fIfiles/mini.n\fR: FamFamFam Mini Icon Set
.TP
\fBfamfamfam::mint\fR
\fIfiles/mint.n\fR: FamFamFam Mint Icon Set
.TP
\fBfamfamfam::silk\fR
\fIfiles/silk.n\fR: FamFamFam Silk Icon Set
.TP
\fBfamfamfam\fR
\fIfiles/subset.n\fR: FamFamFam Sub Setting


>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|



|








|












|









|
|
|









|







 







|
|
|






|







 







|
|
|







 







|





|





|

>
>



|


|




|

|










|





|




>



<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|

|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65

66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
...
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
...
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
...
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248

249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
'\"
'\" Generated by tcllib/doctools/toc with format 'nroff'
.TH "Table Of Contents" n
.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used
.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries.
.\"
.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
.\"	Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
.\"	type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
.\"	or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
.\"	and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
.\"	needed;  use .AS below instead)
.\"
.\" .AS ?type? ?name?
.\"	Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops.  Type and
.\"	name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
.\"	to .AP later.  If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
.\"
.\" .BS
.\"	Start box enclosure.  From here until next .BE, everything will be
.\"	enclosed in one large box.
.\"
.\" .BE
.\"	End of box enclosure.
.\"
.\" .CS
.\"	Begin code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .CE
.\"	End code excerpt.
.\"
.\" .VS ?version? ?br?
.\"	Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
.\"	of man pages.  The first argument is ignored and used for recording
.\"	the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
.\"	found and removed when they reach a certain age.  If another argument
.\"	is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
.\"
.\" .VE
.\"	End of vertical sidebar.
.\"
.\" .DS
.\"	Begin an indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .DE
.\"	End of indented unfilled display.
.\"
.\" .SO ?manpage?
.\"	Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage
.\"	argument defines where to look up the standard options; if
.\"	omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive

.\"	lines, in three columns separated by tabs.
.\"
.\" .SE
.\"	End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
.\"
.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
.\"	Start of description of a specific option.  cmdName gives the
.\"	option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
.\"	the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
.\"	the option's class in the option database.
.\"
.\" .UL arg1 arg2
.\"	Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
.\"

.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation).
.\"
.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2?
.\"	Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally
.\"	(for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis.
.\"
.\"	# Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
.\"	# Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.   ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu
.   el          .TP 15
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.br
.ie !"\\$2"" \{\
\&\\$1	\\fI\\$2\\fP
.\}
.el \{\
\&\\fI\\$1\\fP
.\}
.\}
..
.\"	# define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )B \\n()Au+15n
.\"
.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
.\"	# BS - start boxed text
.\"	# ^y = starting y location
.\"	# ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 1u
.if n .nf
.if n .ti 0
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
.\"	# BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul'
.el \{\
.\"	Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of
................................................................................
\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul'
.\}
.\}
.fi
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
.\"	# VS - start vertical sidebar
.\"	# ^Y = starting y location
.\"	# ^v = 1 (for troff;  for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
.\"	# VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.ev 2
.nf
.ti 0
.mk ^t
................................................................................
\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n'
.sp -1
.fi
.ev
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
.\"	# Special macro to handle page bottom:  finish off current
.\"	# box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
.\"	# page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
'nf
.mk ^t
.if \\n(^b \{\
.\"	Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page,
................................................................................
.mk ^y
.nr ^b 2
.\}
.if \\n(^v \{\
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
.\"	# DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
.\"	# DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
.\"	# SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO
'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR
'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR
.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
.ta 5.5c 11c
.ft B
..
.\"	# SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
.\"	# OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.ta 4c
Command-Line Name:	\\fB\\$1\\fR
Database Name:	\\fB\\$2\\fR
Database Class:	\\fB\\$3\\fR
.fi
.IP
..
.\"	# CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
..
.\"	# CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
..
.\"	# UL - underline word
.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..

.\"	# QW - apply quotation marks to word
.de QW
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2
..
.\"	# PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word
.de PQ
.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3
..
.\"	# QR - quoted range
.de QR
.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3
.\"" fix emacs highlighting
.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3
..
.\"	# MT - "empty" string
.de MT
.QW ""
..
.BS
.SH CONTENTS
doc
.RS
.TP
\fBfamfamfam\fR
\fIfiles/core\&.n\fR: FamFamFam Core
.TP
\fBfamfamfam::flags\fR
\fIfiles/flags\&.n\fR: FamFamFam Flags Icon Set
.TP
\fBfamfamfam::mini\fR
\fIfiles/mini\&.n\fR: FamFamFam Mini Icon Set
.TP
\fBfamfamfam::mint\fR
\fIfiles/mint\&.n\fR: FamFamFam Mint Icon Set
.TP
\fBfamfamfam::silk\fR
\fIfiles/silk\&.n\fR: FamFamFam Silk Icon Set
.TP
\fBfamfamfam::subset\fR
\fIfiles/subset\&.n\fR: FamFamFam Sub Setting
.TP
\fBfamfamfam_devguide\fR
\fIfiles/devguide\&.n\fR: FamFamFam - The Developer's Guide
.TP
\fBfamfamfam_install_guide\fR
\fIfiles/installer\&.n\fR: FamFamFam - The Installer's Guide
.TP
\fBfamfamfam_introduction\fR
\fIfiles/intro\&.n\fR: FamFamFam - Introduction to FamFamFam
.TP
\fBfamfamfam_license\fR
\fIfiles/license\&.n\fR: FamFamFam - License
.TP
\fBfamfamfam_sources\fR
\fIfiles/sources\&.n\fR: FamFamFam - How To Get The Sources

Changes to embedded/www/doc/files/core.html.

88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'doc/files/core.html' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
  <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam(n) 1.1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam - FamFamFam Core</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>







|







|


|







88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'core.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
   <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
 ] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam(n) 1.1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam - FamFamFam Core</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>

Changes to embedded/www/doc/files/devguide.html.

88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'doc/files/devguide.html' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam_devguide.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
  <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam_devguide(n) 1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam_devguide - FamFamFam - The Developer's Guide</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>







|







|


|







88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'devguide.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam_devguide.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
   <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
 ] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam_devguide(n) 1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam_devguide - FamFamFam - The Developer's Guide</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>

Changes to embedded/www/doc/files/flags.html.

88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'include/template.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam::flags.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
  <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam::flags(n) 1.0.1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam::flags - FamFamFam Flags Icon Set</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>







|







|


|







88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'template.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam::flags.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
   <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
 ] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam::flags(n) 1.0.1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam::flags - FamFamFam Flags Icon Set</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>

Changes to embedded/www/doc/files/installer.html.

88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'doc/files/installer.html' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam_install_guide.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
  <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam_install_guide(n) 1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam_install_guide - FamFamFam - The Installer's Guide</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>







|







|


|







88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'installer.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam_install_guide.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
   <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
 ] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam_install_guide(n) 1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam_install_guide - FamFamFam - The Installer's Guide</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>

Changes to embedded/www/doc/files/intro.html.

88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'doc/files/intro.html' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam_introduction.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
  <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam_introduction(n) 1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam_introduction - FamFamFam - Introduction to FamFamFam</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>







|







|


|







88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'intro.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam_introduction.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
   <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
 ] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam_introduction(n) 1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam_introduction - FamFamFam - Introduction to FamFamFam</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>

Changes to embedded/www/doc/files/license.html.

88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'doc/files/license.html' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam_license.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
  <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam_license(n) 1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam_license - FamFamFam - License</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>







|







|


|







88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'license.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam_license.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
   <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
 ] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam_license(n) 1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam_license - FamFamFam - License</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>

Changes to embedded/www/doc/files/mini.html.

88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'include/template.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam::mini.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
  <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam::mini(n) 1.0.1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam::mini - FamFamFam Mini Icon Set</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>







|







|


|







88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'template.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam::mini.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
   <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
 ] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam::mini(n) 1.0.1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam::mini - FamFamFam Mini Icon Set</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>

Changes to embedded/www/doc/files/mint.html.

88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'include/template.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam::mint.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
  <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam::mint(n) 1.0.1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam::mint - FamFamFam Mint Icon Set</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>







|







|


|







88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'template.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam::mint.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
   <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
 ] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam::mint(n) 1.0.1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam::mint - FamFamFam Mint Icon Set</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>

Changes to embedded/www/doc/files/silk.html.

88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'include/template.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam::silk.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
  <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam::silk(n) 1.0.1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam::silk - FamFamFam Silk Icon Set</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>







|







|


|







88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'template.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam::silk.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
   <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
 ] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam::silk(n) 1.0.1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam::silk - FamFamFam Silk Icon Set</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>

Changes to embedded/www/doc/files/sources.html.

88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'doc/files/sources.html' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam_sources.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
  <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam_sources(n) 1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam_sources - FamFamFam - How To Get The Sources</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>







|







|


|







88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'sources.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam_sources.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
   <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
 ] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam_sources(n) 1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam_sources - FamFamFam - How To Get The Sources</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>

Changes to embedded/www/doc/files/subset.html.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
..
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116

<html><head>
<title>famfamfam - FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl</title>
<style type="text/css"><!--
    HTML {
	background: 	#FFFFFF;
	color: 		black;
    }
    BODY {
	background: 	#FFFFFF;
................................................................................
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'doc/files/subset.html' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
  <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam(n) 1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam - FamFamFam Sub Setting</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>
<li class="section"><a href="#synopsis">Synopsis</a></li>
<li class="section"><a href="#section1">Description</a></li>
<li class="section"><a href="#section2">API</a></li>


|







 







|



|



|


|
|

|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
..
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116

<html><head>
<title>famfamfam::subset - FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl</title>
<style type="text/css"><!--
    HTML {
	background: 	#FFFFFF;
	color: 		black;
    }
    BODY {
	background: 	#FFFFFF;
................................................................................
    }
    UL.requirements {
	margin-bottom: 	1em;
	border-bottom:	1px solid black;
    }
--></style>
</head>
<! -- Generated from file 'subset.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Andreas Kupries &lt;andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net&gt;   -- Copyright &copy; 2012 Documentation, Andreas Kupries
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ famfamfam::subset.n
   -->
<body><div class="doctools">
<hr> [
   <a href="../../toc.html">Main Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
| <a href="../../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
 ] <hr>
<h1 class="title">famfamfam::subset(n) 1 doc &quot;FamFamFam Icon Sets For Tcl&quot;</h1>
<div id="name" class="section"><h2><a name="name">Name</a></h2>
<p>famfamfam::subset - FamFamFam Sub Setting</p>
</div>
<div id="toc" class="section"><h2><a name="toc">Table Of Contents</a></h2>
<ul class="toc">
<li class="section"><a href="#toc">Table Of Contents</a></li>
<li class="section"><a href="#synopsis">Synopsis</a></li>
<li class="section"><a href="#section1">Description</a></li>
<li class="section"><a href="#section2">API</a></li>

Changes to embedded/www/doc/toc.html.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27












28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
</head>
<! -- Generated by tcllib/doctools/toc with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ Table Of Contents
   -->
<body>
<hr> [
  <a href="../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
] <hr>
<h3> Table Of Contents </h3>
<hr><dl><dt><h2> doc </h2><dd>
<table class="#toc">
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/sources.html">famfamfam_sources</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - How To Get The Sources</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/intro.html">famfamfam_introduction</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - Introduction to FamFamFam</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/license.html">famfamfam_license</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - License</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >












<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/devguide.html">famfamfam_devguide</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - The Developer's Guide</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/installer.html">famfamfam_install_guide</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - The Installer's Guide</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/core.html">famfamfam</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Core</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/flags.html">famfamfam::flags</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Flags Icon Set</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/mini.html">famfamfam::mini</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Mini Icon Set</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/mint.html">famfamfam::mint</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Mint Icon Set</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/silk.html">famfamfam::silk</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Silk Icon Set</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/subset.html">famfamfam</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Sub Setting</td>
</tr>
</table>
</dl><hr></body></html>







|
|




|
|


|
|


|
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



|



<
<
<
<

|
|


|
|


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|



3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46




47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55








56
57
58
59
60
</head>
<! -- Generated by tcllib/doctools/toc with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ Table Of Contents
   -->
<body>
<hr> [
   <a href="../index.html">Keyword Index</a>
 ] <hr>
<h3> Table Of Contents </h3>
<hr><dl><dt><h2> doc </h2><dd>
<table class="#toc">
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/core.html">famfamfam</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Core</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/flags.html">famfamfam::flags</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Flags Icon Set</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/mini.html">famfamfam::mini</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Mini Icon Set</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/mint.html">famfamfam::mint</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Mint Icon Set</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/silk.html">famfamfam::silk</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Silk Icon Set</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/subset.html">famfamfam::subset</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Sub Setting</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/devguide.html">famfamfam_devguide</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - The Developer's Guide</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/installer.html">famfamfam_install_guide</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - The Installer's Guide</td>
</tr>




<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/intro.html">famfamfam_introduction</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - Introduction to FamFamFam</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/license.html">famfamfam_license</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - License</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#toceven" >








<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="files/sources.html">famfamfam_sources</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - How To Get The Sources</td>
</tr>
</table>
</dl><hr></body></html>

Changes to embedded/www/index.html.

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
..
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
<! -- CVS: $Id$ Keyword Index
   -->
<head>
<title> Keyword Index </title>
</head>
<body>
<hr> [
  <a href="toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
] <hr>
<h3> Keyword Index </h3>
<hr><div class="#idxnav">
<a href="#c1"> F </a> &#183; <a href="#c2"> I </a> &#183; <a href="#c3"> M </a> &#183; <a href="#c4"> S </a>
</div>
<hr><table class="#idx" width="100%">
<tr class="#idxheader"><th colspan="2">
<a name="c1">Keywords: F</a>
</th></tr>
<tr class="#idxeven" valign=top>
<td class="#idxleft" width="35%"><a name="key1"> famfamfam </a></td>
<td class="#idxright" width="65%">
<a href="doc/files/core.html"> famfamfam </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/devguide.html"> famfamfam_devguide </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/flags.html"> famfamfam::flags </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/installer.html"> famfamfam_install_guide </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/intro.html"> famfamfam_introduction </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/license.html"> famfamfam_license </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/mini.html"> famfamfam::mini </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/mint.html"> famfamfam::mint </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/silk.html"> famfamfam::silk </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/sources.html"> famfamfam_sources </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/subset.html"> famfamfam </a>
</td></tr>
<tr class="#idxodd" valign=top>
<td class="#idxleft" width="35%"><a name="key9"> flags icons </a></td>
<td class="#idxright" width="65%">
<a href="doc/files/flags.html"> famfamfam::flags </a>
</td></tr>
<tr class="#idxheader"><th colspan="2">
................................................................................
<td class="#idxleft" width="35%"><a name="key3"> icon set silk </a></td>
<td class="#idxright" width="65%">
<a href="doc/files/silk.html"> famfamfam::silk </a>
</td></tr>
<tr class="#idxeven" valign=top>
<td class="#idxleft" width="35%"><a name="key0"> icons </a></td>
<td class="#idxright" width="65%">
<a href="doc/files/core.html"> famfamfam </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/devguide.html"> famfamfam_devguide </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/flags.html"> famfamfam::flags </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/installer.html"> famfamfam_install_guide </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/intro.html"> famfamfam_introduction </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/license.html"> famfamfam_license </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/mini.html"> famfamfam::mini </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/mint.html"> famfamfam::mint </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/silk.html"> famfamfam::silk </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/sources.html"> famfamfam_sources </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/subset.html"> famfamfam </a>
</td></tr>
<tr class="#idxodd" valign=top>
<td class="#idxleft" width="35%"><a name="key2"> images </a></td>
<td class="#idxright" width="65%">
<a href="doc/files/core.html"> famfamfam </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/devguide.html"> famfamfam_devguide </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/flags.html"> famfamfam::flags </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/installer.html"> famfamfam_install_guide </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/intro.html"> famfamfam_introduction </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/license.html"> famfamfam_license </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/mini.html"> famfamfam::mini </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/mint.html"> famfamfam::mint </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/silk.html"> famfamfam::silk </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/sources.html"> famfamfam_sources </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/subset.html"> famfamfam </a>
</td></tr>
<tr class="#idxheader"><th colspan="2">
<a name="c3">Keywords: M</a>
</th></tr>
<tr class="#idxeven" valign=top>
<td class="#idxleft" width="35%"><a name="key7"> mini icons </a></td>
<td class="#idxright" width="65%">







|
|











|







 







|




|







4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
..
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
<! -- CVS: $Id$ Keyword Index
   -->
<head>
<title> Keyword Index </title>
</head>
<body>
<hr> [
   <a href="toc.html">Table Of Contents</a>
 ] <hr>
<h3> Keyword Index </h3>
<hr><div class="#idxnav">
<a href="#c1"> F </a> &#183; <a href="#c2"> I </a> &#183; <a href="#c3"> M </a> &#183; <a href="#c4"> S </a>
</div>
<hr><table class="#idx" width="100%">
<tr class="#idxheader"><th colspan="2">
<a name="c1">Keywords: F</a>
</th></tr>
<tr class="#idxeven" valign=top>
<td class="#idxleft" width="35%"><a name="key1"> famfamfam </a></td>
<td class="#idxright" width="65%">
<a href="doc/files/core.html"> famfamfam </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/flags.html"> famfamfam::flags </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/mini.html"> famfamfam::mini </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/mint.html"> famfamfam::mint </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/silk.html"> famfamfam::silk </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/subset.html"> famfamfam::subset </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/devguide.html"> famfamfam_devguide </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/installer.html"> famfamfam_install_guide </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/intro.html"> famfamfam_introduction </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/license.html"> famfamfam_license </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/sources.html"> famfamfam_sources </a>
</td></tr>
<tr class="#idxodd" valign=top>
<td class="#idxleft" width="35%"><a name="key9"> flags icons </a></td>
<td class="#idxright" width="65%">
<a href="doc/files/flags.html"> famfamfam::flags </a>
</td></tr>
<tr class="#idxheader"><th colspan="2">
................................................................................
<td class="#idxleft" width="35%"><a name="key3"> icon set silk </a></td>
<td class="#idxright" width="65%">
<a href="doc/files/silk.html"> famfamfam::silk </a>
</td></tr>
<tr class="#idxeven" valign=top>
<td class="#idxleft" width="35%"><a name="key0"> icons </a></td>
<td class="#idxright" width="65%">
<a href="doc/files/core.html"> famfamfam </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/flags.html"> famfamfam::flags </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/mini.html"> famfamfam::mini </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/mint.html"> famfamfam::mint </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/silk.html"> famfamfam::silk </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/subset.html"> famfamfam::subset </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/devguide.html"> famfamfam_devguide </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/installer.html"> famfamfam_install_guide </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/intro.html"> famfamfam_introduction </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/license.html"> famfamfam_license </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/sources.html"> famfamfam_sources </a>
</td></tr>
<tr class="#idxodd" valign=top>
<td class="#idxleft" width="35%"><a name="key2"> images </a></td>
<td class="#idxright" width="65%">
<a href="doc/files/core.html"> famfamfam </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/flags.html"> famfamfam::flags </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/mini.html"> famfamfam::mini </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/mint.html"> famfamfam::mint </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/silk.html"> famfamfam::silk </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/subset.html"> famfamfam::subset </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/devguide.html"> famfamfam_devguide </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/installer.html"> famfamfam_install_guide </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/intro.html"> famfamfam_introduction </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/license.html"> famfamfam_license </a> &#183; <a href="doc/files/sources.html"> famfamfam_sources </a>
</td></tr>
<tr class="#idxheader"><th colspan="2">
<a name="c3">Keywords: M</a>
</th></tr>
<tr class="#idxeven" valign=top>
<td class="#idxleft" width="35%"><a name="key7"> mini icons </a></td>
<td class="#idxright" width="65%">

Changes to embedded/www/toc.html.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19




20
21
22




23
24
25
26
27




28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
</head>
<! -- Generated by tcllib/doctools/toc with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ Table Of Contents
   -->
<body>
<hr> [
  <a href="index.html">Keyword Index</a>
] <hr>
<h3> Table Of Contents </h3>
<hr><dl><dt><h2> doc </h2><dd>
<table class="#toc">
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/sources.html">famfamfam_sources</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - How To Get The Sources</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >




<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/intro.html">famfamfam_introduction</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - Introduction to FamFamFam</td>
</tr>




<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/license.html">famfamfam_license</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - License</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >




<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/devguide.html">famfamfam_devguide</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - The Developer's Guide</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/installer.html">famfamfam_install_guide</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - The Installer's Guide</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/core.html">famfamfam</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Core</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/flags.html">famfamfam::flags</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Flags Icon Set</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/mini.html">famfamfam::mini</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Mini Icon Set</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/mint.html">famfamfam::mint</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Mint Icon Set</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/silk.html">famfamfam::silk</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Silk Icon Set</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/subset.html">famfamfam</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Sub Setting</td>
</tr>
</table>
</dl><hr></body></html>







|
|




|
|


>
>
>
>
|
|

>
>
>
>

|
|


>
>
>
>



|



<
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
|
|

<
<
<
<

|
|


|
|



3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46




47




48
49
50




51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
</head>
<! -- Generated by tcllib/doctools/toc with format 'html'
   -->
<! -- CVS: $Id$ Table Of Contents
   -->
<body>
<hr> [
   <a href="index.html">Keyword Index</a>
 ] <hr>
<h3> Table Of Contents </h3>
<hr><dl><dt><h2> doc </h2><dd>
<table class="#toc">
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/core.html">famfamfam</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Core</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/flags.html">famfamfam::flags</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Flags Icon Set</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/mini.html">famfamfam::mini</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Mini Icon Set</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/mint.html">famfamfam::mint</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Mint Icon Set</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/silk.html">famfamfam::silk</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Silk Icon Set</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/subset.html">famfamfam::subset</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam Sub Setting</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/devguide.html">famfamfam_devguide</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - The Developer's Guide</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#tocodd"  >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/installer.html">famfamfam_install_guide</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - The Installer's Guide</td>
</tr>




<tr class="#toceven" >




<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/intro.html">famfamfam_introduction</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - Introduction to FamFamFam</td>
</tr>




<tr class="#tocodd"  >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/license.html">famfamfam_license</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - License</td>
</tr>
<tr class="#toceven" >
<td class="#tocleft" ><a href="doc/files/sources.html">famfamfam_sources</a></td>
<td class="#tocright">FamFamFam - How To Get The Sources</td>
</tr>
</table>
</dl><hr></body></html>